[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022178689A1 - Radio-frequency retuning method and apparatus - Google Patents

Radio-frequency retuning method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022178689A1
WO2022178689A1 PCT/CN2021/077525 CN2021077525W WO2022178689A1 WO 2022178689 A1 WO2022178689 A1 WO 2022178689A1 CN 2021077525 W CN2021077525 W CN 2021077525W WO 2022178689 A1 WO2022178689 A1 WO 2022178689A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
hop
symbol
symbols
target
pucch
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/077525
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
乔雪梅
牟勤
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2021/077525 priority Critical patent/WO2022178689A1/en
Priority to CN202180000447.7A priority patent/CN113039854B/en
Publication of WO2022178689A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022178689A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular, to a radio frequency retuning method and device.
  • a normal user equipment normal User Equipment, normal UE
  • a capability-restricted terminal Reduced capability UE, redcap UE
  • initial uplink bandwidth part initial UpLink Bandwidth Partinitial, initial UL BWP.
  • a larger initial UL BWP may be configured according to the capability of normal UE, which may be larger or much larger than the system bandwidth of redcap UE.
  • the second hop may exceed the system bandwidth of the redcap UE.
  • the radio frequency retuning method and device proposed in the present application are used to solve the problem that the second hop exceeds the bandwidth of the redcap UE system in the transmission of the feedback message for the message 4 (msg4) in the random access process in the related art.
  • redcap The problem that symbols are not reserved for radio frequency retuning in the resources configured by the UE for sending PUCCH.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application is applied to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, and includes: determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located in the physical data sent by the redcap UE. Before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the uplink control channel PUCCH;
  • the RF retuning is performed on the target symbols.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • At least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop, is selected as the target symbol.
  • the number of symbols configured with demodulation reference signals is less than or equal to the number of symbols not configured with the demodulation reference signals. number of symbols.
  • the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the number of target symbols after the first jump is used as the target symbol.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the target symbol is determined according to the first hop and the second hop.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the second PUCCH resource table determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, where the second number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop and the sum of the number of said target symbols;
  • the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the second symbols.
  • the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the third PUCCH resource table determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, where the third number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop Sum;
  • the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the third symbol quantity.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the fourth PUCCH resource table determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols, where the fourth number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop and the sum of the number of said target symbols;
  • the first number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop;
  • the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop, the fourth symbol number, and the first symbol number.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the target symbol is determined according to the third number of symbols and the number of the target symbols.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the target symbol.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop and the number of the target symbol.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the target symbol.
  • the specifying manner of the specifying information includes any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the number of symbols in the A newly added field in the PUCCH resource table is specified, specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the target symbol is used to transmit information of a non-Redcap UE, wherein the symbol for transmitting information of a non-Redcap UE is the target symbol. some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the target symbol is selected from the space symbols.
  • the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:
  • the target symbol is selected from the space symbols.
  • the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot.
  • the symbol with the symbol number on the second time slot is used as the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot.
  • the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot.
  • the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of the sixth symbol.
  • the target symbol is an unavailable symbol in the interval symbols
  • the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.
  • the symbols on the first time slot other than the symbols of the first hop are used to transmit the second Redcap UE's symbol.
  • the symbols on the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application is applied to a network device, and includes: delivering resource indication information to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information indicates that the RedcapUE determines to use the radio frequency retuning The target symbol of RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.
  • the target symbol is at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or the second hop Consecutive at least one symbol of the start part.
  • the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.
  • the method further includes: delivering specified information to the Redcap UE, where the specified information includes: The number or the second hop is used to instruct the Redcap UE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.
  • the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.
  • the method further includes: delivering specified information to the Redcap UE, where the specified information includes: The number or the start symbol of the first hop, used to instruct the Redcap UE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.
  • the method further includes: configuring a resource for sending PUCCH for a non-Redcap UE, wherein the non-Redcap UE is used for The resources for sending the PUCCH are independent of the resources of the Redcap UE for sending the PUCCH.
  • the target symbol is a symbol selected from interval symbols, and the interval symbol is the first The space symbol between the hop and the second hop on the second slot.
  • the target symbol is an unavailable symbol in the interval symbols
  • the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.
  • the method further includes: configuring for the second Redcap UE a symbol other than the first hop on the first time slot The symbols other than , and the symbols on the second slot other than the symbols of the second hop are used to instruct the second Redcap UE to transmit information on the configured symbols.
  • the method further includes: determining a target symbol for RF retuning
  • the radio frequency retuning apparatus proposed in the embodiment of the third aspect of the present application is applied to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, and includes: a determination module configured to determine a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning; wherein the target symbol is located in the Before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE;
  • a processing module configured to perform the RF retuning on the target symbols.
  • the radio frequency retuning apparatus proposed in the embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present application is applied to a network device, and includes: a sending module configured to deliver resource indication information to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, wherein the resource indication information indicates that the RedcapUE A target symbol for RF retuning is determined, wherein the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.
  • the memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, where the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, so that the at least one processor can execute the radio frequency described in the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the sixth aspect of the present application stores computer instructions, the computer instructions are used to make the computer execute the radio frequency retuning method described in the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, or, The radio frequency retuning method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
  • a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE for transmission Before the symbol of the information, the RF retuning process can be performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit the information on the symbol used for transmitting the information in the second hop after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 3 is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 1, and the start symbol of the first hop is #4;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop is #12;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop of the PUCCH sent in advance is #10;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency re-tuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 25 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used in the embodiments of the present application to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other.
  • the first information may also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information.
  • the words "if” and “if” as used herein can be interpreted as "at the time of” or "when” or "in response to determining.”
  • the situation that the second hop exceeds the system bandwidth of the redcap UE may occur, and the resources currently configured for the redcap UE for sending PUCCH are not predetermined.
  • the notation is reserved for RF retuning.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a radio frequency retuning method and apparatus.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency re-tuning method according to the present application. Among them, it should be noted that the radio frequency re-tuning method of the present application may be executed by the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop.
  • the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; or, the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration refers to the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 1 below.
  • the second PUCCH resource configuration refers to the PUCCH resource configuration in each table except Table 1. Among them, each table other than Table 1, for example, Table 2, Table 3, or Table 4 mentioned in the subsequent embodiments.
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1, and the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • Table 9.2.1-1 can be as shown in Table 1 below.
  • each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 1 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all the elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the coexistence shown in Table 1.
  • the value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 1. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 1 are each an independent embodiment.
  • Table 1 is a table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standards issued by the 3GPP organization when the present disclosure is submitted.
  • Tables 2-4 are PUCCH resource configuration tables of improved examples provided by the present disclosure.
  • Index represents the index number
  • PUCCH format represents the resource format
  • First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop
  • Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols.
  • the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop are continuous symbols, that is, there is no space symbol between the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop.
  • RedcapUE queries Table 1 according to the index number, that is, it can obtain the start symbol of the first hop, and the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop, and then determine the symbol of the first hop and the number of the second hop. symbol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • Redcap UE and non-Redcap UE namely normal user equipment (normal User Equipment, normal UE) share the same initial uplink bandwidth part initial UL BWP, in order to avoid the impact of redcap UE on normal UE, it may be based on The capability of normal UE configures a larger initial UL BWP, which may be larger or much larger than the system bandwidth of redcap UE.
  • normal UE normal User Equipment
  • the initial uplink bandwidth part initial UL BWP is independently configured for the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE.
  • a larger initial UL BWP may be configured for the Redcap UE, which may be larger or much larger than the system bandwidth of the redcap UE.
  • the second hop will exceed the system bandwidth of the redcap UE. Therefore, the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop Previously, target symbols were required for RF retuning by RedcapUE, on which RedcapUE did not transmit information.
  • the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can use the second hop to perform radio frequency re-tuning. If the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers may be set in SIB1, corresponding to Redcap UEs and non-Redcap UEs respectively, so that Redcap UEs can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index numbers;
  • the index number is used to obtain the resource for sending the PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.
  • the symbol used for transmitting information Previously, RF retuning can be performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • S202 Select at least one consecutive symbol at the end of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop, as the target symbol.
  • the demodulation reference signal DMRS for the resources with the format 1 in Table 1, considering that there is a configuration of the demodulation reference signal DMRS at the even-numbered symbol position, in order to reduce the impact on the demodulation reference signal DMRS, you can first select the demodulation reference signal that is not configured. , that is, in the target symbol, the number of symbols configured with demodulation reference signals is less than or equal to the number of symbols not configured with demodulation reference signals.
  • FIG. 3 it is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 1 and the start symbol of the first hop is #4.
  • the symbols of the first hop are #4 to #8, and the symbols of the second hop are #9 to #13.
  • the # in the symbols of the first hop can be selected.
  • 8 and #9 in the symbols of the second hop are used as target symbols; when only one symbol needs to be occupied by radio frequency retuning, #9 in the symbols of the second hop can be selected as the target symbol.
  • At least one consecutive symbol at the end of the first hop and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop is selected as the target symbol, and the first hop is used to transmit information
  • the symbol of is inconsistent with the configured symbol of the first hop
  • the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop is inconsistent with the configured symbol of the second hop.
  • the symbols used for transmitting information in the first hop are #4 to #7
  • the symbols in the first hop are #4 to #7.
  • the symbols used to transmit information in two hops are #10 to #13.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following methods: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, determined according to the type of Redcap UE with limited ability to perform radio frequency re-tuning processing, protocol Regulations, network equipment instructions.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the first hop and the second hop for sending PUCCH can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop can be selected, and/or , the consecutive at least one symbol of the starting part of the second hop, as the target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the RF retuning process information and improve the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Send the resources of the PUCCH, and then obtain the symbols of the first hop.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • S402. Determine the number of designated target symbols.
  • the manner of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the first PUCCH resource table, specifying a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the first symbol after the target symbol can be used as the starting symbol of the second hop for delayed transmission of PUCCH;
  • the starting symbol of the second hop of the PUCCH, and the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop, determine the symbol used to transmit the second hop of the PUCCH.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop is #12.
  • the symbol of the first hop is #12
  • the symbol of the second hop is #1 in the second slot.
  • the symbol #13 in the first time slot and the symbol #0 in the second time slot are the target symbols.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the number of designated target symbols can be determined; RF retuning is performed on the symbol, so as to transmit information on the second hop that delays sending the PUCCH after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Send the resources of the PUCCH, and then obtain the symbols of the first hop.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the designation method of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 message broadcast by the network device It is specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the newly added PUCCH resource table refers to redefining the number of symbols field in the first PUCCH resource table, which is defined as the newly added PUCCH resource table obtained after delaying the symbol number of the second hop for sending the PUCCH.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the end symbol number + 1 in the symbol of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the symbol of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH The starting symbol number in -1.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following methods: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, determined according to the type of Redcap UE with limited ability to perform radio frequency re-tuning processing, protocol Regulations, network equipment instructions. Wherein, the determined number of target symbols is smaller than the number of symbols in the interval symbols between the first hop and the second hop.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the designated second hop can be determined; the target symbol can be determined according to the first hop and the second hop, and the execution can be performed on the target symbol Radio frequency retuning RF retuning, in which, after the radio frequency retuning processing, information is transmitted on the second hop of the delayed PUCCH transmission, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop for sending PUCCH and the second hop for sending PUCCH, wherein the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH
  • the value of the start symbol is determined according to the resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the second PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 2.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by the present application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE can query the second PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop and the first hop. Number of two symbols.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the second PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table.
  • the first PUCCH resource table namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the second PUCCH resource table is compared with the first PUCCH resource table.
  • the sum of the number of symbols of the two hops is replaced by the number of second symbols, and the second PUCCH resource table can be obtained.
  • the second PUCCH resource table may be as shown in Table 2 below.
  • each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 2 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all the elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the coexistence shown in Table 2.
  • the value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 2. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 2 are each an independent embodiment.
  • one entry or a combination of multiple entries indicated by the index can be regarded as one PUCCH resource configuration. Those skilled in the art can configure flexibly based on the needs and purposes of the technical solutions.
  • Index represents the index number
  • PUCCH format represents the resource format
  • First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop
  • Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the number of symbols of the first hop, used for extension The sum of the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols when the PUCCH is transmitted.
  • S702. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols.
  • the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of target symbols can be determined according to the number of second symbols and the total number of symbols in the time slot; the number of the start symbol in the target symbol can be the start symbol of the first hop Number + the number of symbols in the first hop + 1; the number of the last symbol in the target symbol can be the number of the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols in the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH may be the starting symbol number of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the PUCCH resources of the Redcap UE and the PUCCH resources of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols can be determined based on the second PUCCH resource table, where the second symbol number is the number of symbols of the first hop, the The sum of the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in a delay; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so that After the radio frequency re-tuning process, information is transmitted on the second hop where the PUCCH is sent after a delay, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the second PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 3 below.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE queries the third PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop and the first hop.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the third PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table.
  • the first PUCCH resource table namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the third PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table. is the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance, and the third PUCCH resource table can be obtained.
  • the third PUCCH resource table may be as shown in Table 3 below.
  • each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 3 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all the elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the coexistence shown in Table 3.
  • the value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 3. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 3 are each an independent embodiment.
  • one entry or a combination of multiple entries indicated by the index can be regarded as one PUCCH resource configuration. Those skilled in the art can configure flexibly based on the needs and purposes of the technical solutions.
  • Index represents the index number
  • PUCCH format represents the resource format
  • First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance
  • Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the first hop The sum of the number of symbols and the number of symbols in the second hop.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop, the number of third symbols, and the total number of symbols in the time slot.
  • the number of target symbols is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols -1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be is the total number of symbols in the slot - the third symbol number/2 - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic diagram of a PUCCH resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance is #10.
  • the symbol of the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance is #10
  • the symbol of the second hop is #13.
  • symbol #11 and symbol #12 are target symbols.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the third PUCCH resource table, where the number of third symbols is the first The sum of the number of symbols of the hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the third symbol, determine the target symbol, and perform the RF retuning process on the target symbol, so that the RF retuning process is performed on the target symbol. Then, the information is transmitted on the second hop used for sending the PUCCH to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the second PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 4 below.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE can query the fourth PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the fourth PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table.
  • the first PUCCH resource table namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the fourth PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table.
  • the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop of the first PUCCH resource table is replaced by the number of fourth symbols, and the fourth PUCCH resource can be obtained surface.
  • the fourth PUCCH resource table may be as shown in Table 4 below.
  • each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 4 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the co-existence shown in Table 4.
  • the value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 4. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 4 are each an independent embodiment.
  • one entry or a combination of multiple entries indicated by the index can be regarded as one PUCCH resource configuration. Those skilled in the art can configure flexibly based on the needs and purposes of the technical solutions.
  • Index represents the index number
  • PUCCH format represents the resource format
  • First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance
  • Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the first hop The sum of the number of symbols, the number of symbols in the second hop, and the number of destination symbols.
  • S1002. Determine the number of first symbols based on the first PUCCH resource table, where the number of first symbols is the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop.
  • S1003. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the first hop, the number of the fourth symbol, and the number of the first symbol.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of first symbols/2; the end of the target symbol The symbol number may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of the first symbols/2 + the number of the fourth symbols - the number of the first symbols.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance+the number of the first symbols/2+the number of the fourth symbols-the number of the first symbols+1.
  • the number of the start symbol in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of the first symbol/2 - the number of the target symbol; the number of the end symbol in the target symbol may be Total number of symbols in a slot - number of first symbols/2-1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the first symbol number/2.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, where the number of fourth symbols is the first The sum of the number of hop symbols, the number of symbols of the second hop, and the number of target symbols; based on the first PUCCH resource table, determine the number of first symbols, where the number of first symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops The sum of the number of symbols in The information is transmitted on the symbol of the second hop after the re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • S1101. Determine the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols, where the number of third symbols is the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop.
  • the manner of specifying the number of third symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • S1102. Determine the target symbol according to the number of the third symbols and the number of the target symbols.
  • the starting symbol number in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the third symbol number/2 - the number of target symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of symbols in the time slot The total number of symbols - the number of third symbols / 2 - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the PUCCH resources of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols can be determined, where the number of third symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops used to send PUCCH in advance
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • S1202. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the first hop and the quantity of the target symbol.
  • the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined, Based on the sum and the number of target symbols, the number of symbols for the first hop is determined.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH; The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop designated for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined; according to the number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop, determine Target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • S1302. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the second hop and the quantity of the target symbol.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - 1; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - the number of target symbols.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning processing on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the second hop can be determined; the target symbols can be determined according to the start symbols of the second hop and the number of RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Send the resources of the PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • S1403. Determine the target symbol according to the number of the start symbol and the target symbol of the first hop.
  • the number of symbols in the first hop may be determined according to the total number of symbols in the time slot and the start symbol of the first hop.
  • the starting symbol number in the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop - the number of target symbols; the ending symbol number of the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of the first hop Number of symbols in a hop -1.
  • the start symbol of the second hop may be the start symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop.
  • the Redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the starting symbol of the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined; the number of the specified target symbols can be determined; The number of symbols and target symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located on different time slots.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:
  • the designation method of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the designation method of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of a number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot.
  • the method of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot; Numbered symbol as the symbol for the second hop on the second slot.
  • the manner of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the The number of six symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the first time slot and the number of symbols in the sixth The start symbol of the hop; the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot may be the total number of symbols on the first time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.
  • the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the second hop on the designated second time slot.
  • the method of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot; Numbered symbol, as the symbol of the first hop on the first slot.
  • the manner of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the sixth The number of symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, determine the first hop in the first time slot.
  • the starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined; the symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols.
  • the starting symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot may be the total number of symbols on the second time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.
  • S1502. Determine the interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot.
  • the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the resource utilization. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the symbols other than the symbols of the first hop on the first time slot are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE, and the symbols of the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are transmitted , which is used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE.
  • the resources of the two Redcap UEs can indicate different index numbers through DCI for msg4 to realize the configuration of different resources; or, the resources of the two Redcap UEs used to send PUCCH Resources can be indicated in a group-sepecific manner, for example, a Redcap UE uses a part of the resource, and a second Redcap UE uses another part of the resource.
  • the second hop on the second time slot can be determined according to the first hop on the specified first time slot; or, according to the second hop on the specified second time slot hop, determine the first hop on the first time slot; determine the interval symbol between the first hop uploaded in the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; select the target symbol from the interval symbols, RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located on different time slots.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, and new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.
  • the number of the fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the start symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the start symbols of the first hop + the number of fifth symbols; the number of the last symbols in the interval symbols The number can be, the starting symbol number of the second hop -1.
  • the number of fifth symbols is twice the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the starting symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the starting symbols of the first hop+the number of fifth symbols/2; the interval The number of the last symbol in the symbol can be, the number of the start symbol of the second hop -1.
  • S1602. Determine the interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot.
  • the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the resource utilization. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the symbols on the first time slot other than the symbols of the first hop are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE, and the symbols on the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE.
  • the resources of the two Redcap UEs can use DCI for msg4 to indicate different index numbers to realize the configuration of different resources; alternatively, the resources of the two Redcap UEs can use the group-
  • the sepecific way indicates, for example, that a Redcap UE uses a part of the resources and a second Redcap UE uses another part of the resources.
  • the first hop can be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency re-tuning method according to the present application. It should be noted that the radio frequency re-tuning method of the present application may be executed by a network device corresponding to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.
  • the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration, you can query the resources configured for RedcapUE, Further, the target symbol is determined according to the resources configured for the Redcap UE.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop.
  • the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; the interval symbol between the first hop used to transmit the PUCCH and the second hop used to transmit the PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when the original text of this disclosure was submitted.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • the network device after the network device delivers the resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal Redcap UE, it can determine the target symbol; stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE on the target symbol, or discard the information received on the target symbol. Redcap UE information.
  • the method for the network device to stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE may be to turn off the radio frequency component that receives the information on the target symbol.
  • this method can be applied to the case where two hops span time slots and there are many symbols spaced between the two hops.
  • the manner in which the network device discards the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol may be that, for the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol, the information decoding process is not performed.
  • this method can be applied to two hops at the same time slot, and the space between the two hops is less symbols.
  • the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource According to the configuration, the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the second hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.
  • the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second hop. Determined by the PUCCH resource configuration, the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the start symbol of the first hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.
  • the non-Redcap UE may be instructed to transmit information on some or all of the symbols in the target symbol; or, the non-Redcap UE is configured with resources for sending PUCCH, wherein the non-Redcap UE is used for The resources for transmitting the PUCCH are independent of the resources of the Redcap UE for transmitting the PUCCH.
  • the target symbol is a symbol selected from space symbols, and the space symbol is the space symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot.
  • the target symbols are unavailable symbols in the interval symbols; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.
  • resources can be multiplexed, that is, the second Redcap UE is configured with symbols other than the first hop on the first time slot and symbols on the second time slot except the second hop symbols other than , used to instruct the second Redcap UE to transmit information on the configured symbols.
  • resource indication information can be delivered to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information instructs RedcapUE to determine a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, where the target symbol is located in the redcap UE
  • the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the UE is before the symbol used for transmitting information, so that the Redcap UE can transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the present application also provides a radio frequency readjustment apparatus, because the radio frequency readjustment apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present application is similar to the radio frequency readjustment methods provided by the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the implementation of the radio frequency readjustment method is also applicable to the radio frequency readjustment apparatus provided in this embodiment, which will not be described in detail in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 to FIG. 31 are schematic structural diagrams of a radio frequency re-tuning apparatus according to the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by the present application. The apparatus is applied to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.
  • the radio frequency readjustment apparatus 1000 includes: a determination module 100 and a processing module 200 .
  • the determining module 100 is configured to determine the target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE;
  • the processing module 200 is configured to perform RF retuning on the target symbol.
  • the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop.
  • the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; or, the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when the original text of this disclosure was submitted.
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1, and the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.
  • the symbol used for transmitting information Previously, RF retuning can be performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a first determination unit 110 and a first selection unit 120;
  • the first determining unit 110 is configured to determine, based on the first PUCCH resource table, the first hop and the second hop for sending PUCCH; At least one symbol, and/or, at least one consecutive symbol in the starting part of the second hop, is used as the target symbol.
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the demodulation reference signal DMRS for the resources with the format 1 in Table 1, considering that there is a configuration of the demodulation reference signal DMRS at the even-numbered symbol position, in order to reduce the impact on the demodulation reference signal DMRS, you can first select the demodulation reference signal that is not configured. , that is, in the target symbol, the number of symbols configured with demodulation reference signals is less than or equal to the number of symbols not configured with demodulation reference signals.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the first hop and the second hop for sending PUCCH may be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop may be selected, and/or , the consecutive at least one symbol of the starting part of the second hop, as the target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the RF retuning process information and improve the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the target symbol is the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a second determination unit 130;
  • the second determining unit 130 is configured to determine the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; determine the number of specified target symbols; and use the number of symbols after the first hop as the target symbol.
  • the manner of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the first PUCCH resource table, specifying a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the first symbol after the target symbol can be used as the start symbol of the second hop for delaying sending the PUCCH;
  • the starting symbol of the second hop for transmitting the PUCCH, and the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop determine the symbol for the second hop for transmitting the PUCCH.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the number of the specified target symbols can be determined; RF retuning is performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the second hop that delays sending the PUCCH after the radio frequency retuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determining module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a third determining unit 140;
  • the third determining unit 140 is configured to determine the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; determine the designated second hop; and determine the target symbol according to the first hop and the second hop.
  • the designation method of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 message broadcast by the network device It is specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • adding a new PUCCH resource table refers to redefining the number of symbols field in the first PUCCH resource table, which is defined as a newly added PUCCH resource table obtained after the symbol number of the second hop for delaying the transmission of PUCCH.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the end symbol number + 1 in the symbol of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the symbol of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH The starting symbol number in -1.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the specified second hop can be determined; the target symbol can be determined according to the first hop and the second hop, and the execution of the execution on the target symbol can be performed.
  • Radio frequency retuning RF retuning in which, after the radio frequency retuning processing, information is transmitted on the second hop of the delayed PUCCH transmission, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a fourth determination unit 150;
  • the fourth determining unit 150 is configured to determine, based on the second PUCCH resource table, the starting symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, where the second number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols and the number of target symbols; the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the second symbol.
  • the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of target symbols can be determined according to the number of second symbols and the total number of symbols in the time slot; the number of the start symbol in the target symbol can be the start symbol of the first hop Number + the number of symbols in the first hop + 1; the number of the last symbol in the target symbol can be the number of the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols in the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH may be the starting symbol number of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of symbols of the target symbol.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the second symbols can be determined based on the second PUCCH resource table, where the second symbol number is the number of symbols of the first hop, the The sum of the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in a delay; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so that After the radio frequency re-tuning process, information is transmitted on the second hop where the PUCCH is sent after a delay, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a fifth determination unit 160;
  • the fifth determining unit 160 is configured to determine, based on the third PUCCH resource table, the starting symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, where the third number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols; the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the third symbol.
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE queries the third PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop and the first hop.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the third PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table.
  • the first PUCCH resource table namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the third PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table. is the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance, and the third PUCCH resource table can be obtained.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop, the number of third symbols, and the total number of symbols in the time slot.
  • the number of target symbols is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols -1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be is the total number of symbols in the slot - the third symbol number/2 - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the start symbol of the first hop and the third symbol quantity for sending the PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the third PUCCH resource table, where the third symbol quantity is the first The sum of the number of hop symbols and the number of symbols of the second hop; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform the RF retuning process on the target symbol, so that the RF retuning process is performed on the target symbol. Then, the information is transmitted on the second hop used for sending the PUCCH to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a sixth determination unit 170;
  • the sixth determining unit 170 is configured to determine, based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, the starting symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols, where the fourth number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols and the number of target symbols; based on the first PUCCH resource table, determine the number of first symbols, where the number of first symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; The start symbol, the fourth symbol number, and the first symbol number of one hop determine the target symbol.
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE can query the fourth PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the fourth PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table.
  • the first PUCCH resource table namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the fourth PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table.
  • the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop of the first PUCCH resource table is replaced by the number of fourth symbols, and the fourth PUCCH resource can be obtained surface.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of first symbols/2; the end of the target symbol The symbol number may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of the first symbols/2 + the number of the fourth symbols - the number of the first symbols.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance+the number of the first symbols/2+the number of the fourth symbols-the number of the first symbols+1.
  • the number of the start symbol in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of the first symbol/2 - the number of the target symbol; the number of the end symbol in the target symbol may be Total number of symbols in a slot - number of first symbols/2-1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the first symbol number/2.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, where the number of fourth symbols is the first The sum of the number of hop symbols, the number of symbols of the second hop, and the number of target symbols; based on the first PUCCH resource table, determine the number of first symbols, where the number of first symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops The sum of the number of symbols in The information is transmitted on the symbol of the second hop after the re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a seventh determination unit 180;
  • the seventh determining unit 180 is configured to determine the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols, wherein the number of third symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; The number of three symbols and the number of target symbols determine the target symbol.
  • the manner of specifying the number of third symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • the starting symbol number in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the third symbol number/2 - the number of target symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of symbols in the time slot The total number of symbols - the number of third symbols / 2 - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols can be determined by determining the number of third symbols, where the number of third symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops used to send PUCCH in advance
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: an eighth determination unit 190;
  • the eighth determining unit 190 is configured to determine the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop; and determine the target symbols according to the start symbols of the first hop and the number of target symbols.
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined, Based on the sum and the number of target symbols, the number of symbols for the first hop is determined.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH; The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop designated for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined; according to the start symbols of the first hop and the number of target symbols, determine Target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a ninth determination unit 300;
  • the ninth determination unit 300 is configured to determine the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the second hop; and determine the target symbols according to the start symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols.
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - 1; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - the number of target symbols.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the second hop can be determined; the target symbols can be determined according to the start symbols of the second hop and the number of RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration
  • the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a tenth determination unit 310;
  • the tenth determining unit 310 is configured to determine the start symbol of the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; determine the number of specified target symbols; and determine the number of the start symbols and target symbols of the first hop target symbol.
  • the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • the number of symbols in the first hop may be determined according to the total number of symbols in the time slot and the start symbol of the first hop.
  • the starting symbol number in the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop - the number of target symbols; the ending symbol number of the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of the first hop Number of symbols in a hop -1.
  • the start symbol of the second hop may be the start symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.
  • the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance can be determined; the number of specified target symbols can be determined; according to the start symbol of the first hop The number of symbols and target symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located in different time slots.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: an eleventh determination unit 320;
  • the eleventh determining unit 320 is configured to determine the second hop on the second time slot according to the first hop on the designated first time slot; or, according to the second hop on the designated second time slot , determine the first hop on the first time slot; determine the interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; select the target symbol from the interval symbols.
  • the designation method of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the designation method of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of a number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.
  • the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot.
  • the method of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot; Numbered symbol as the symbol for the second hop on the second slot.
  • the manner of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the The number of six symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the first time slot and the number of symbols in the sixth The start symbol of the hop; the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols.
  • the starting symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot may be the total number of symbols on the first time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.
  • the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the second hop on the designated second time slot.
  • the method of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot; Numbered symbol, as the symbol of the first hop on the first slot.
  • the manner of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the sixth The number of symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, determine the first hop in the first time slot.
  • the starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined; the symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols.
  • the starting symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot may be the total number of symbols on the second time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.
  • the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the PUCCH resources. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.
  • the symbols other than the symbols of the first hop on the first time slot are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE, and the symbols of the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are transmitted , which is used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE.
  • the second hop on the second time slot can be determined according to the first hop on the specified first time slot; or, according to the second hop on the specified second time slot hop, determine the first hop on the first time slot; determine the interval symbol between the first hop uploaded in the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; select the target symbol from the interval symbols, RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located on different time slots.
  • the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a twelfth determination unit 330;
  • the twelfth determination unit 330 is configured to determine the first time slot according to the specified start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols.
  • the space symbol between the first hop of and the second hop on the second slot; the target symbol is selected from the space symbols.
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.
  • the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, and new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.
  • the number of the fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the start symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the start symbols of the first hop + the number of fifth symbols; the number of the last symbols in the interval symbols The number can be, the starting symbol number of the second hop -1.
  • the number of fifth symbols is twice the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the starting symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the starting symbols of the first hop+the number of fifth symbols/2; the interval The number of the last symbol in the symbol can be, the number of the start symbol of the second hop -1.
  • the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the PUCCH resources. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.
  • target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .
  • the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.
  • two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain PUCCH resources; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number , to obtain PUCCH resources. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.
  • an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number.
  • the first hop can be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by the present application.
  • the apparatus is applied to a network device corresponding to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.
  • the radio frequency retuning apparatus 1000 includes: a sending module 100 configured to deliver resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, wherein the resource indication information instructs the RedcapUE to determine the radio frequency retuning for RF retuning.
  • the target symbol where the target symbol is located before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.
  • the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration, you can query the resources configured for RedcapUE, Further, the target symbol is determined according to the resources configured for the Redcap UE.
  • the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1.
  • the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.
  • the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.
  • the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop.
  • the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; the interval symbol between the first hop used to transmit the PUCCH and the second hop used to transmit the PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.
  • the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.
  • the network device after the network device delivers the resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal Redcap UE, it can determine the target symbol; stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE on the target symbol, or discard the information received on the target symbol. Redcap UE information.
  • the method for the network device to stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE may be to turn off the radio frequency component that receives the information on the target symbol.
  • this method can be applied to the case where two hops span time slots and there are many symbols spaced between the two hops.
  • the manner in which the network device discards the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol may be that, for the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol, the information decoding process is not performed.
  • this method can be applied to two hops at the same time slot, and the space between the two hops is less symbols.
  • the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource According to the configuration, the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the second hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.
  • the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second hop. Determined by the PUCCH resource configuration, the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration.
  • the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the start symbol of the first hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.
  • the non-Redcap UE may be instructed to transmit information on some or all of the symbols in the target symbol; or, the non-Redcap UE is configured with resources for sending PUCCH, wherein the non-Redcap UE is used for The resources for transmitting the PUCCH are independent of the resources of the Redcap UE for transmitting the PUCCH.
  • the target symbol is a symbol selected from space symbols, and the space symbol is the space symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot.
  • the target symbols are unavailable symbols in the interval symbols; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.
  • resources can be multiplexed, that is, the second Redcap UE is configured with symbols other than the first hop on the first time slot and symbols on the second time slot except the second hop symbols other than , used to instruct the second Redcap UE to transmit information on the configured symbols.
  • the resource indication information can be delivered to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information instructs the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol used for the radio frequency retuning RF retuning, where the target symbol is located in the redcap UE
  • the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the UE is before the symbol used for transmitting information, so that the Redcap UE can transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.
  • the present application further provides an electronic device and a readable storage medium.
  • FIG. 32 it is a block diagram of an electronic device of the radio frequency retuning method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Electronic devices are intended to represent various forms of digital computers, such as laptops, desktops, workstations, personal digital assistants, servers, blade servers, mainframe computers, and other suitable computers.
  • Electronic devices may also represent various forms of mobile devices, such as personal digital processors, cellular phones, smart phones, wearable devices, and other similar computing devices.
  • the components shown herein, their connections and relationships, and their functions are by way of example only, and are not intended to limit implementations of the application described and/or claimed herein.
  • the electronic device includes: one or more processors 1100, a memory 1200, and interfaces for connecting various components, including a high-speed interface and a low-speed interface.
  • the various components are interconnected using different buses and may be mounted on a common motherboard or otherwise as desired.
  • the processor may process instructions executed within the electronic device, including instructions stored in or on memory to display graphical information of the GUI on an external input/output device, such as a display device coupled to the interface.
  • multiple processors and/or multiple buses may be used with multiple memories and multiple memories, if desired.
  • multiple electronic devices may be connected, each providing some of the necessary operations (eg, as a server array, a group of blade servers, or a multiprocessor system).
  • a processor 1100 is used as an example.
  • the memory 1200 is the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium provided by the present application.
  • the memory stores instructions executable by at least one processor, so that the at least one processor executes the radio frequency retuning method provided by the present application.
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of the present application stores computer instructions, and the computer instructions are used to cause the computer to execute the radio frequency retuning method provided by the present application.
  • the memory 1200 can be used to store non-transitory software programs, non-transitory computer-executable programs and modules, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the radio frequency retuning method in the embodiments of the present application (for example, The determination module 100 and the processing module 200 shown in FIG. 18; another example, the sending module 100 shown in FIG. 31).
  • the processor 1100 executes various functional applications and data processing of the server by running the non-transitory software programs, instructions and modules stored in the memory 1200, that is, to implement the radio frequency retuning method in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory 1200 may include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required by at least one function; the storage data area may store data created according to the use of the positioning electronic device, and the like. Additionally, memory 1200 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-transitory memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-transitory solid-state storage device. Optionally, the memory 1200 may optionally include memory located remotely relative to the processor 1100, and these remote memories may be connected to the positioning electronic device through a network. Examples of such networks include, but are not limited to, the Internet, an intranet, a local area network, a mobile communication network, and combinations thereof.
  • the electronic device for the radio frequency retuning method may further include: an input device 1300 and an output device 1400 .
  • the processor 1100, the memory 1200, the input device 1300, and the output device 1400 may be connected through a bus or in other ways, and FIG. 32 takes the connection through a bus as an example.
  • the input device 1300 can receive input numerical or character information and generate key signal input related to user settings and functional control of the positioning electronic device, such as a touch screen, keypad, mouse, trackpad, touchpad, pointing stick, one or more Input devices such as mouse buttons, trackballs, joysticks, etc.
  • the output device 1400 may include a display device, auxiliary lighting devices (eg, LEDs), haptic feedback devices (eg, vibration motors), and the like.
  • the display device may include, but is not limited to, a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display, and a plasma display. In some implementations, the display device may be a touch screen.
  • Various implementations of the systems and techniques described herein can be implemented in digital electronic circuitry, integrated circuit systems, application specific ASICs (application specific integrated circuits), computer hardware, firmware, software, and/or combinations thereof. These various embodiments may include being implemented in one or more computer programs executable and/or interpretable on a programmable system including at least one programmable processor that The processor, which may be a special purpose or general-purpose programmable processor, may receive data and instructions from a storage system, at least one input device, and at least one output device, and transmit data and instructions to the storage system, the at least one input device, and the at least one output device an output device.
  • the processor which may be a special purpose or general-purpose programmable processor, may receive data and instructions from a storage system, at least one input device, and at least one output device, and transmit data and instructions to the storage system, the at least one input device, and the at least one output device an output device.
  • machine-readable medium and “computer-readable medium” refer to any computer program product, apparatus, and/or apparatus for providing machine instructions and/or data to a programmable processor ( For example, magnetic disks, optical disks, memories, programmable logic devices (PLDs), including machine-readable media that receive machine instructions as machine-readable signals.
  • machine-readable signal refers to any signal used to provide machine instructions and/or data to a programmable processor.
  • the systems and techniques described herein may be implemented on a computer having a display device (eg, a CRT (cathode ray tube) or LCD (liquid crystal display) monitor) for displaying information to the user ); and a keyboard and pointing device (eg, a mouse or trackball) through which a user can provide input to the computer.
  • a display device eg, a CRT (cathode ray tube) or LCD (liquid crystal display) monitor
  • a keyboard and pointing device eg, a mouse or trackball
  • Other kinds of devices can also be used to provide interaction with the user; for example, the feedback provided to the user can be any form of sensory feedback (eg, visual feedback, auditory feedback, or tactile feedback); and can be in any form (including acoustic input, voice input, or tactile input) to receive input from the user.
  • the systems and techniques described herein may be implemented on a computing system that includes back-end components (eg, as a data server), or a computing system that includes middleware components (eg, an application server), or a computing system that includes front-end components (eg, a user's computer having a graphical user interface or web browser through which a user may interact with implementations of the systems and techniques described herein), or including such backend components, middleware components, Or any combination of front-end components in a computing system.
  • the components of the system may be interconnected by any form or medium of digital data communication (eg, a communication network). Examples of communication networks include: Local Area Networks (LANs), Wide Area Networks (WANs), and the Internet.
  • a computer system can include clients and servers.
  • Clients and servers are generally remote from each other and usually interact through a communication network.
  • the relationship of client and server arises by computer programs running on the respective computers and having a client-server relationship to each other.
  • a target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE and used for Before transmitting the symbol of the information, the RF retuning process can be performed on the target symbol, so that after the radio frequency retuning process, the information is transmitted on the symbol used for transmitting the information in the second hop, and the information transmission efficiency is improved.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of mobile communications. Provided are a radio-frequency retuning method and apparatus. The solution involves: determining a target symbol for radio-frequency retuning (RF retuning), wherein the target symbol is located before a symbol for transmitting information in a second hop of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) sent by a redcap UE, such that the RF retuning can be executed on the target symbol, and information can be transmitted on the symbol for transmitting the information in the second hop after the radio-frequency retuning processing, thereby improving the information transmission efficiency.

Description

射频重调方法及装置Radio frequency retuning method and device 技术领域technical field

本申请涉及移动通信领域,尤其涉及一种射频重调方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular, to a radio frequency retuning method and device.

背景技术Background technique

相关技术中,普通的用户设备(normal User Equipment,normal UE)和能力受限终端(Reduced capability UE,redcap UE)可以共用相同的初始上行带宽部分(initial UpLink Bandwidth Partinitial,initial UL BWP)。为了避免redcap UE对normal UE造成影响,可能根据normal UE的能力配置一个较大的initial UL BWP,该BWP可能大于或远大于redcap UE的系统带宽。In the related art, a normal user equipment (normal User Equipment, normal UE) and a capability-restricted terminal (Reduced capability UE, redcap UE) can share the same initial uplink bandwidth part (initial UpLink Bandwidth Partinitial, initial UL BWP). In order to avoid the impact of redcap UE on normal UE, a larger initial UL BWP may be configured according to the capability of normal UE, which may be larger or much larger than the system bandwidth of redcap UE.

针对随机接入过程中消息4(msg4)的反馈消息的传输,会出现第二跳超出redcap UE系统带宽的情况。For the transmission of the feedback message of message 4 (msg4) in the random access process, the second hop may exceed the system bandwidth of the redcap UE.

申请内容Application content

本申请提出的射频重调方法及装置,用于解决相关技术中针对随机接入过程中消息4(msg4)的反馈消息的传输,会出现第二跳超出redcap UE系统带宽的情况,而目前为redcap UE配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源中未预留符号用于射频重调的问题。The radio frequency retuning method and device proposed in the present application are used to solve the problem that the second hop exceeds the bandwidth of the redcap UE system in the transmission of the feedback message for the message 4 (msg4) in the random access process in the related art. redcap The problem that symbols are not reserved for radio frequency retuning in the resources configured by the UE for sending PUCCH.

本申请第一方面实施例提出的射频重调方法,应用于能力受限终端RedcapUE,包括:确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前;The radio frequency retuning method proposed by the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application is applied to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, and includes: determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located in the physical data sent by the redcap UE. Before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the uplink control channel PUCCH;

在所述目标符号上执行所述射频重调RF retuning。The RF retuning is performed on the target symbols.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及第二跳;determining, based on the first PUCCH resource table, a first hop and a second hop for transmitting the PUCCH;

选择所述第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,所述第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号,作为所述目标符号。At least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop, is selected as the target symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例另一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号中,配置有解调参考信号的符号的数量,小于或者等于未配置有所述解调参考信号的符号的数量。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, in the target symbols, the number of symbols configured with demodulation reference signals is less than or equal to the number of symbols not configured with the demodulation reference signals. number of symbols.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例再一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号,为用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第二跳的起始符号的值。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳;determining the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table;

确定指定的所述目标符号的数量;determining the specified number of said target symbols;

将所述第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号,作为所述目标符号。The number of target symbols after the first jump is used as the target symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳;determining the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table;

确定指定的所述第二跳;determining the specified second hop;

根据所述第一跳以及所述第二跳,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the first hop and the second hop.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

基于第二PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,其中,所述第二符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量、所述第二跳的符号数量和所述目标符号的数量的总和;Based on the second PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, where the second number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop and the sum of the number of said target symbols;

根据所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述第二符号数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the second symbols.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号,为用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第一跳的起始符号的值。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

基于第三PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,其中,所述第三符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量和所述第二跳的符号数量的总和;Based on the third PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, where the third number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop Sum;

根据所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述第三符号数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the third symbol quantity.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

基于第四PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量,其中,所述第四符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量、所述第二跳的符号数量和所述目标符号的数量的总和;Based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols, where the fourth number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop and the sum of the number of said target symbols;

基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一符号数量,其中,所述第一符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量和所述第二跳的符号数量的总和;determining a first number of symbols based on the first PUCCH resource table, where the first number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop;

根据所述第一跳的起始符号、所述第四符号数量以及所述第一符号数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop, the fourth symbol number, and the first symbol number.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

确定指定的第三符号数量以及所述目标符号的数量,其中,所述第三符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量和所述第二跳的符号数量的总和;Determine the number of the specified third symbols and the number of the target symbols, wherein the third number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop;

根据所述第三符号数量以及所述目标符号的数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the third number of symbols and the number of the target symbols.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

确定指定的所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量;Determine the specified start symbol of the first hop and the quantity of the target symbol;

根据所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the target symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

确定指定的所述第二跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量;Determine the designated start symbol of the second hop and the quantity of the target symbol;

根据所述第二跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop and the number of the target symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号;determining the start symbol of the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table;

确定指定的所述目标符号的数量;determining the specified number of said target symbols;

根据所述第一跳的起始符号和所述目标符号的数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the target symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,指定信息的指定方式包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、所述第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the specifying manner of the specifying information includes any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the number of symbols in the A newly added field in the PUCCH resource table is specified, specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为所述目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the target symbol is used to transmit information of a non-Redcap UE, wherein the symbol for transmitting information of a non-Redcap UE is the target symbol. some or all of the symbols in .

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

根据指定的第一时隙上的所述第一跳,确定第二时隙上的所述第二跳;或者,根据指定的第二时隙上的所述第二跳,确定第一时隙上的所述第一跳;Determine the second hop on the second time slot according to the first hop on the designated first time slot; or determine the first time slot according to the second hop on the designated second time slot said first jump on;

确定所述第一时隙上的所述第一跳与所述第二时隙上的所述第二跳之间的间隔符号;determining an interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot;

从所述间隔符号中选择所述目标符号。The target symbol is selected from the space symbols.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the determining of a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning includes:

根据指定的第一时隙上所述第一跳的起始符号、第二时隙上所述第二跳的起始符号以及第五符号数量,确定第一时隙上的所述第一跳和第二时隙上的所述第二跳;其中,所述第五符号数量为所述第一跳的符号数量,或者所述第一跳的符号数量的2倍;Determine the first hop on the first time slot according to the start symbol of the first hop on the specified first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols and the second hop on the second time slot; wherein, the number of the fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, or 2 times the number of symbols of the first hop;

确定所述第一时隙上所述第一跳与所述第二时隙上所述第二跳之间的间隔符号;determining an interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot;

从所述间隔符号中选择所述目标符号。The target symbol is selected from the space symbols.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据指定的第一时隙上的所述第一跳,确定第二时隙上的所述第二跳,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot. ,include:

确定第一时隙上所述第一跳的符号编号;determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot;

将第二时隙上具有所述符号编号的符号,作为第二时隙上所述第二跳的符号。The symbol with the symbol number on the second time slot is used as the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据指定的第一时隙上的所述第一跳,确定第二时隙上的所述第二跳,包括:Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot. ,include:

确定第一时隙上所述第一跳的符号编号以及第六符号数量,其中,所述第六符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量以及所述第二跳的符号数量的总和的一半;Determine the symbol number of the first hop and the number of sixth symbols on the first time slot, where the sixth number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop half;

根据第一时隙的符号总数量以及所述第六符号数量的差值,确定第二时隙上所述第二跳的起始符号;Determine the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the first time slot and the number of the sixth symbols;

根据第二时隙上所述第二跳的起始符号以及所述第六符号数量,确定第二时隙上所述第二跳的符号。The symbol of the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of the sixth symbol.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号为所述间隔符号中的不可用符号;Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the target symbol is an unavailable symbol in the interval symbols;

或者,or,

所述目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量。The number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.

可选的,在本申请第一方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时隙上除了所述第一跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息,所述第二时隙上除了所述第二跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输所述第二个Redcap UE的信息。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, the symbols on the first time slot other than the symbols of the first hop are used to transmit the second Redcap UE's symbol. information, the symbols on the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE.

本申请第二方面实施例提出的射频重调方法,应用于网络设备,包括:向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,所述资源指示信息指示所述RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前。The radio frequency retuning method proposed by the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application is applied to a network device, and includes: delivering resource indication information to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information indicates that the RedcapUE determines to use the radio frequency retuning The target symbol of RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号为,所述第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,所述第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the target symbol is at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or the second hop Consecutive at least one symbol of the start part.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例另一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号为,用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第二跳的起始符号的值。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例再一种可能的实现方式中,所述的方法还包括:向所述RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,所述指定信息包括:所述目标符号的数量或者所述第二跳,用于指示所述RedcapUE根据所述指定信息确定所述目标符号。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: delivering specified information to the Redcap UE, where the specified information includes: The number or the second hop is used to instruct the Redcap UE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号为,用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第一跳的起始符号的值。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the target symbol is between the first hop used for sending the PUCCH and the second hop used for sending the PUCCH interval symbols, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration value of the initial symbol.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述的方法还包括:向所述RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,所述指定信息包括:所述目标符号的数量或者所述第一跳的起始符号,用于指示所述RedcapUE根据所述指定信息确定所述目标符号。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: delivering specified information to the Redcap UE, where the specified information includes: The number or the start symbol of the first hop, used to instruct the Redcap UE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述的方法还包括:为非Redcap UE配置用于发送PUCCH的资源,其中,所述非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源独立于所述Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: configuring a resource for sending PUCCH for a non-Redcap UE, wherein the non-Redcap UE is used for The resources for sending the PUCCH are independent of the resources of the Redcap UE for sending the PUCCH.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号,为从间隔符号中选择的符号,所述间隔符号为第一时隙上的所述第一跳与第二时隙上的所述第二跳之间的间隔符号。Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the target symbol is a symbol selected from interval symbols, and the interval symbol is the first The space symbol between the hop and the second hop on the second slot.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标符号为所述间隔符号中的不可用符号;Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the target symbol is an unavailable symbol in the interval symbols;

或者,or,

所述目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量。The number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述的方法还包括:为第二个Redcap UE配置所述第一时隙上除了所述第一跳的符号之外的符号以及所述第二时隙上除了所述第二跳的符号之外的符号,用于指示所述第二个Redcap UE在配置的符号上传输信息。Optionally, in yet another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: configuring for the second Redcap UE a symbol other than the first hop on the first time slot The symbols other than , and the symbols on the second slot other than the symbols of the second hop are used to instruct the second Redcap UE to transmit information on the configured symbols.

可选的,在本申请第二方面实施例又一种可能的实现方式中,所述的方法还包括:确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号;Optionally, in another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: determining a target symbol for RF retuning;

在所述目标符号上停止接收所述Redcap UE传输的信息,或者,丢弃在所述目标符号上接收到的所述Redcap UE的信息。Stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE on the target symbol, or discard the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol.

本申请第三方面实施例提出的射频重调装置,应用于能力受限终端RedcapUE,包括:确定模块,被配置为确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号;其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前;The radio frequency retuning apparatus proposed in the embodiment of the third aspect of the present application is applied to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, and includes: a determination module configured to determine a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning; wherein the target symbol is located in the Before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE;

处理模块,被配置为在所述目标符号上执行所述射频重调RF retuning。A processing module configured to perform the RF retuning on the target symbols.

本申请第四方面实施例提出的射频重调装置,应用于网络设备,包括:发送模块,被配置为向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,所述资源指示信息指示所述RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前。The radio frequency retuning apparatus proposed in the embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present application is applied to a network device, and includes: a sending module configured to deliver resource indication information to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, wherein the resource indication information indicates that the RedcapUE A target symbol for RF retuning is determined, wherein the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.

本申请第五方面实施例提出的电子设备,包括:The electronic device proposed by the embodiment of the fifth aspect of the present application includes:

至少一个处理器;以及at least one processor; and

与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器;其中,a memory communicatively coupled to the at least one processor; wherein,

所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述指令被所述至少一个处理器执行,以使所述至少一个处理器能够执行本申请第一方面实施例所述的射频重调方法,或者,第二方面实施例所述的射频重调方法。The memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, where the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, so that the at least one processor can execute the radio frequency described in the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application The retuning method, or the radio frequency retuning method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.

本申请第六方面实施例提出的存储有计算机指令的非瞬时计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机指令用于使所述计算机执行本申请第一方面实施例所述的射频重调方法,或者,第二方面实施例所述的射频重调方法。The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the sixth aspect of the present application stores computer instructions, the computer instructions are used to make the computer execute the radio frequency retuning method described in the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application, or, The radio frequency retuning method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.

本申请提供的实施例,至少具有如下有益技术效果:The embodiments provided by this application at least have the following beneficial technical effects:

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,从而能够在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning处理,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning method of the embodiment of the present application, a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE for transmission Before the symbol of the information, the RF retuning process can be performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit the information on the symbol used for transmitting the information in the second hop after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

本申请附加的方面和优点将在下面的描述中部分给出,部分将从下面的描述中变得明显,或通过本申请的实践了解到。Additional aspects and advantages of the present application will be set forth, in part, in the following description, and in part will be apparent from the following description, or learned by practice of the present application.

附图说明Description of drawings

本申请上述的和/或附加的方面和优点从下面结合附图对实施例的描述中将变得明显和容易理解,其中:The above and/or additional aspects and advantages of the present application will become apparent and readily understood from the following description of embodiments taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, wherein:

图1为本申请实施例提供的一种射频重调方法的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3为格式为1,第一跳的起始符号为#4的资源的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 1, and the start symbol of the first hop is #4;

图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图5为格式为0,第一跳的起始符号为#12的资源的示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop is #12;

图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图9为格式为0,提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号为#10的资源的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop of the PUCCH sent in advance is #10;

图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;14 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency re-tuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调方法的示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of another radio frequency retuning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图18为本申请实施例提供的一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图19为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图20为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图21为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图22为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图23为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;23 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图24为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图25为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;25 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图26为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图27为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图28为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图29为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application;

图30为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;30 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图31为本申请实施例提供的另一种射频重调装置的结构示意图;31 is a schematic structural diagram of another radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图32为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的示意图。FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有 表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请实施例相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请实施例的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail herein, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, the same numerals in different drawings refer to the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The implementations described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementations consistent with the embodiments of the present application. Rather, they are merely examples of apparatus and methods consistent with some aspects of the embodiments of the present application, as recited in the appended claims.

在本申请实施例使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本申请实施例。在本申请实施例和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。Terms used in the embodiments of the present application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present application. As used in the embodiments of this application and the appended claims, the singular forms "a" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and includes any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.

应当理解,尽管在本申请实施例可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本申请实施例范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”及“若”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used in the embodiments of the present application to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application, the first information may also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information. Depending on the context, the words "if" and "if" as used herein can be interpreted as "at the time of" or "when" or "in response to determining."

下面详细描述本申请的实施例,所述实施例的示例在附图中示出,其中自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的要素。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的,旨在用于解释本申请,而不能理解为对本申请的限制。The following describes in detail the embodiments of the present application, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings, wherein the same or similar reference numerals refer to the same or similar elements throughout. The embodiments described below with reference to the accompanying drawings are exemplary, and are intended to be used to explain the present application, but should not be construed as a limitation to the present application.

相关技术中,针对随机接入过程中消息4(msg4)的反馈消息的传输,会出现第二跳超出redcap UE系统带宽的情况,而目前为redcap UE配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源中未预留符号用于射频重调。In the related art, for the transmission of the feedback message of message 4 (msg4) in the random access process, the situation that the second hop exceeds the system bandwidth of the redcap UE may occur, and the resources currently configured for the redcap UE for sending PUCCH are not predetermined. The notation is reserved for RF retuning.

针对这一问题,本申请实施例提供了射频重调方法及装置。To address this problem, embodiments of the present application provide a radio frequency retuning method and apparatus.

图1是根据本申请提出的一种射频重调方法的示意图。其中,需要说明的是,本申请的射频重调方法,可以由能力受限终端RedcapUE执行。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency re-tuning method according to the present application. Among them, it should be noted that the radio frequency re-tuning method of the present application may be executed by the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.

如图1所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 1 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S101、确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前。S101. Determine a target symbol for RF retuning, where the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.

本申请中,目标符号例如可以为,第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号。目标符号又例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值;或者,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。In this application, the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop. For another example, the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; or, the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH.

本申请中,第一PUCCH资源配置,指的是以下表1中的PUCCH资源配置。第二PUCCH资源配置,指的是除表1之外的各个表中的PUCCH资源配置。其中,除表1之外的各个表,例如后续实施例中提到的表2、表3或者表4等。In this application, the first PUCCH resource configuration refers to the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 1 below. The second PUCCH resource configuration refers to the PUCCH resource configuration in each table except Table 1. Among them, each table other than Table 1, for example, Table 2, Table 3, or Table 4 mentioned in the subsequent embodiments.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1,其中, PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH. Wherein, for the PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1, and the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,Table 9.2.1-1可以如以下表1所示。In this application, Table 9.2.1-1 can be as shown in Table 1 below.

表1 Table 9.2.1-1Table 1 Table 9.2.1-1

Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000001

可以理解的是,表1中的每一个元素、每一条对应关系,都是独立存在的;这些元素、对应关系被示例性的列在同一张表格中,但是并不代表表格中的所有元素、对应关系必须根据表格1中所示的同时存在。其中每一个元素的值和每一对应关系,是不依赖于表1中任何其他元素值或对应关系。因此本领域内技术人员可以理解,该表1中的每一个元素的取值、每一条对应关系,各种都是一个独立的实施例。在表1中,以索引指示的一个条目或多个条目的组合都可以被认为是一个PUCCH资源配置。本领域技术人员可以基于技术方案的需要和目的来灵活配置。表1是本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格。表2-表4为本公开提供的改进后的示例的PUCCH资源配置表格。It can be understood that each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 1 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all the elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the coexistence shown in Table 1. The value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 1. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 1 are each an independent embodiment. In Table 1, one entry or a combination of multiple entries indicated by an index can be regarded as one PUCCH resource configuration. Those skilled in the art can configure flexibly based on the needs and purposes of the technical solutions. Table 1 is a table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standards issued by the 3GPP organization when the present disclosure is submitted. Tables 2-4 are PUCCH resource configuration tables of improved examples provided by the present disclosure.

本申请中,在表1中,Index表示索引号;PUCCH format表示资源格式;First symbol表示第一跳的起始符号;Number of symbols为符号数量字段,表示第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和。在表1中,第一跳的符号和第二跳的符号为连续符号,也就是说,第一跳的符号和第二跳的符号之间不存在间隔符号。其中,RedcapUE根据索引号查询表1,即可以获取到第一跳的起始符号,以及第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和,进而确定第一跳的符号和第二跳的符号。In this application, in Table 1, Index represents the index number; PUCCH format represents the resource format; First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop; Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols. In Table 1, the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop are continuous symbols, that is, there is no space symbol between the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop. Among them, RedcapUE queries Table 1 according to the index number, that is, it can obtain the start symbol of the first hop, and the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop, and then determine the symbol of the first hop and the number of the second hop. symbol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源 在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

S102、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S102. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,作为一种示例,RedcapUE与非RedcapUE,即普通的用户设备(normal User Equipment,normal UE)共用相同的初始上行带宽部分initial UL BWP,为了避免redcap UE对normal UE造成影响,可能根据normal UE的能力配置一个较大的initial UL BWP,该BWP可能大于或远大于redcap UE的系统带宽。In this application, as an example, Redcap UE and non-Redcap UE, namely normal user equipment (normal User Equipment, normal UE) share the same initial uplink bandwidth part initial UL BWP, in order to avoid the impact of redcap UE on normal UE, it may be based on The capability of normal UE configures a larger initial UL BWP, which may be larger or much larger than the system bandwidth of redcap UE.

作为另一种示例,RedcapUE与非RedcapUE分别独立配置初始上行带宽部分initial UL BWP。但为了增加RedcapUE的频率选择性增益和频率分集增益,可能为RedcapUE配置一个较大的initial UL BWP,该BWP可能大于或远大于redcap UE的系统带宽。As another example, the initial uplink bandwidth part initial UL BWP is independently configured for the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE. However, in order to increase the frequency selective gain and frequency diversity gain of the Redcap UE, a larger initial UL BWP may be configured for the Redcap UE, which may be larger or much larger than the system bandwidth of the redcap UE.

在上述两种示例中,针对随机接入过程中消息4(msg4)的反馈消息的传输,会出现第二跳超出redcap UE系统带宽的情况,因此,在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,需要目标符号用于RedcapUE的射频重调,在目标符号上RedcapUE不传输信息。In the above two examples, for the transmission of the feedback message of message 4 (msg4) in the random access process, the second hop will exceed the system bandwidth of the redcap UE. Therefore, the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop Previously, target symbols were required for RF retuning by RedcapUE, on which RedcapUE did not transmit information.

例如,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。For example, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can use the second hop to perform radio frequency re-tuning. If the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,可以在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers may be set in SIB1, corresponding to Redcap UEs and non-Redcap UEs respectively, so that Redcap UEs can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index numbers; The index number is used to obtain the resource for sending the PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,从而能够在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning method according to the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE. The symbol used for transmitting information Previously, RF retuning can be performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,如图2所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 2 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S201、基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及第二跳。S201. Based on the first PUCCH resource table, determine the first hop and the second hop for sending the PUCCH.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表, 即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。本申请中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. In this application, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

S202、选择第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号,作为目标符号。S202. Select at least one consecutive symbol at the end of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop, as the target symbol.

本申请中,对于表1中格式为1的资源,考虑到在偶数符号位置存在解调参考信号DMRS的配置,为了降低对解调参考信号DMRS的影响,可以先选择未配置有解调参考信号的符号,即目标符号中,配置有解调参考信号的符号的数量,小于或者等于未配置有解调参考信号的符号的数量。In this application, for the resources with the format 1 in Table 1, considering that there is a configuration of the demodulation reference signal DMRS at the even-numbered symbol position, in order to reduce the impact on the demodulation reference signal DMRS, you can first select the demodulation reference signal that is not configured. , that is, in the target symbol, the number of symbols configured with demodulation reference signals is less than or equal to the number of symbols not configured with demodulation reference signals.

如图3所示,为格式为1,第一跳的起始符号为#4的资源的示意图。在图3中,第一跳的符号为#4至#8,第二跳的符号为#9至#13,在射频重调需要占用两个符号时,可以选择第一跳的符号中的#8和第二跳的符号中的#9作为目标符号;在射频重调只需要占用一个符号时,可以选择第二跳的符号中的#9作为目标符号。As shown in FIG. 3 , it is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 1 and the start symbol of the first hop is #4. In Fig. 3, the symbols of the first hop are #4 to #8, and the symbols of the second hop are #9 to #13. When the RF retuning needs to occupy two symbols, the # in the symbols of the first hop can be selected. 8 and #9 in the symbols of the second hop are used as target symbols; when only one symbol needs to be occupied by radio frequency retuning, #9 in the symbols of the second hop can be selected as the target symbol.

本申请中,选择第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号,作为目标符号的情况下,第一跳中用于传输信息的符号与配置的第一跳的符号并不一致,和/或,第二跳中用于传输信息的符号与配置的第二跳的符号并不一致。例如,在图3中,选择第一跳的符号中的#8和第二跳的符号中的#9作为目标符号时,第一跳中用于传输信息的符号为#4至#7,第二跳中用于传输信息的符号为#10至#13。In this application, at least one consecutive symbol at the end of the first hop and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop is selected as the target symbol, and the first hop is used to transmit information The symbol of , is inconsistent with the configured symbol of the first hop, and/or, the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop is inconsistent with the configured symbol of the second hop. For example, in FIG. 3, when #8 in the symbols of the first hop and #9 in the symbols of the second hop are selected as target symbols, the symbols used for transmitting information in the first hop are #4 to #7, and the symbols in the first hop are #4 to #7. The symbols used to transmit information in two hops are #10 to #13.

本申请中,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。In this application, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following methods: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, determined according to the type of Redcap UE with limited ability to perform radio frequency re-tuning processing, protocol Regulations, network equipment instructions.

S203、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S203. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不 同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及第二跳;选择第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号,作为目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method according to the embodiment of the present application, the first hop and the second hop for sending PUCCH can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop can be selected, and/or , the consecutive at least one symbol of the starting part of the second hop, as the target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the RF retuning process information and improve the efficiency of information transmission.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图4所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 4 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:

S401、基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳。S401. Determine the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到第一跳的符号。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Send the resources of the PUCCH, and then obtain the symbols of the first hop. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

S402、确定指定的目标符号的数量。S402. Determine the number of designated target symbols.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:第一PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the manner of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the first PUCCH resource table, specifying a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

S403、将第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号,作为目标符号。S403. Use the number of target symbols after the first hop as the target symbol.

本申请中,在第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号作为目标符号之后,可以将目标符号之后的第一个符号作为用于延迟发送PUCCH的第二跳的起始符号;结合用于延迟发送PUCCH的第二跳的起始符号,以及第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和,确定用于发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号。In this application, after the target number of symbols after the first hop is used as the target symbol, the first symbol after the target symbol can be used as the starting symbol of the second hop for delayed transmission of PUCCH; The starting symbol of the second hop of the PUCCH, and the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop, determine the symbol used to transmit the second hop of the PUCCH.

其中,针对格式为0的资源,考虑到第一PUCCH资源表中第二跳的符号中的末尾符号为一个时隙中的最后一个符号,延迟发送PUCCH的第二跳的末尾符号编号的计算公式例如可以为,延迟发送PUCCH的第二跳的末尾符号编号=目标符号的数量-1,且位于第二跳的符号所在时隙的下一个时隙中,进而确定第二跳的符号。Wherein, for the resource whose format is 0, considering that the last symbol in the symbol of the second hop in the first PUCCH resource table is the last symbol in a time slot, the calculation formula of the last symbol number of the second hop for delaying the transmission of PUCCH For example, the last symbol number of the second hop in which the PUCCH is sent delayed = the number of target symbols - 1, and the symbol of the second hop is located in the next time slot of the time slot where the symbol of the second hop is located, and then the symbol of the second hop is determined.

如图5所示,为格式为0,第一跳的起始符号为#12的资源的示意图。在图5中,第一跳的符号为#12,第二跳的符号为第二个时隙(slot)中的#1。其中,第一个时隙中的符号#13和第二个时隙中的符号#0为目标符号。As shown in FIG. 5 , it is a schematic diagram of a resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop is #12. In Figure 5, the symbol of the first hop is #12, and the symbol of the second hop is #1 in the second slot. Among them, the symbol #13 in the first time slot and the symbol #0 in the second time slot are the target symbols.

S404、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S404. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频 率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳;确定指定的目标符号的数量;将第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号作为目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在延时发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method according to the embodiment of the present application, the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the number of designated target symbols can be determined; RF retuning is performed on the symbol, so as to transmit information on the second hop that delays sending the PUCCH after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图6所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 6 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S601、基于第一PUCCH资源表中,确定第一跳。S601. Determine the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到第一跳的符号。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Send the resources of the PUCCH, and then obtain the symbols of the first hop. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

S602、确定指定的第二跳。S602. Determine the specified second hop.

本申请中,第二跳的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 message broadcast by the network device It is specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

其中,新增PUCCH资源表,指的是对第一PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段进行重新定义,定义为用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号编号之后得到的新增PUCCH资源表。The newly added PUCCH resource table refers to redefining the number of symbols field in the first PUCCH resource table, which is defined as the newly added PUCCH resource table obtained after delaying the symbol number of the second hop for sending the PUCCH.

S603、根据第一跳以及第二跳,确定目标符号。S603. Determine the target symbol according to the first hop and the second hop.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的符号中的末尾符号编号+1;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号中的起始符号编号-1。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the end symbol number + 1 in the symbol of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the symbol of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH The starting symbol number in -1.

本申请中,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。其中,确定的目标符号的数量,小于第一跳以及第二跳之间的间隔符号的符号数量。In this application, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following methods: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, determined according to the type of Redcap UE with limited ability to perform radio frequency re-tuning processing, protocol Regulations, network equipment instructions. Wherein, the determined number of target symbols is smaller than the number of symbols in the interval symbols between the first hop and the second hop.

S604、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S604. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳;确定指定的第二跳;根据第一跳以及第二跳,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,其中,以便在射频重调处理后在延时发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning method according to the embodiment of the present application, the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the designated second hop can be determined; the target symbol can be determined according to the first hop and the second hop, and the execution can be performed on the target symbol Radio frequency retuning RF retuning, in which, after the radio frequency retuning processing, information is transmitted on the second hop of the delayed PUCCH transmission, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。其中,第二PUCCH资源配置可以为表2中的PUCCH资源配置。第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop for sending PUCCH and the second hop for sending PUCCH, wherein the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH The value of the start symbol is determined according to the resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The second PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 2. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图7所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 7 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed by the present application includes the following steps:

S701、基于第二PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,其中,第二符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和。S701. Based on the second PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, where the number of second symbols is the difference between the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols sum.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第二PUCCH资源表,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一 跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE can query the second PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop and the first hop. Number of two symbols. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,第二PUCCH资源表为经过改进的第一PUCCH资源表。第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration。In this application, the second PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table. The first PUCCH resource table, namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.

本申请中,第二PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表之间存在映射关系,第二PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表相比,将第一PUCCH资源表中第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和替换为第二符号数量,即可得到第二PUCCH资源表。In this application, there is a mapping relationship between the second PUCCH resource table and the first PUCCH resource table. Compared with the first PUCCH resource table, the second PUCCH resource table is compared with the first PUCCH resource table. The sum of the number of symbols of the two hops is replaced by the number of second symbols, and the second PUCCH resource table can be obtained.

作为一种示例,以目标符号的数量为2为例,第二PUCCH资源表可以如以下表2所示。As an example, taking the number of target symbols as 2 as an example, the second PUCCH resource table may be as shown in Table 2 below.

表2Table 2

Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000002

可以理解的是,表2中的每一个元素、每一条对应关系,都是独立存在的;这些元素、对应关系被示例性的列在同一张表格中,但是并不代表表格中的所有元素、对应关系必须根据表格2中所示的同时存在。其中每一个元素的值和每一对应关系,是不依赖于表2中任何其他元素值或对应关系。因此本领域内技术人员可以理解,该表2中的每一个元素的取值、每一条对应关系,各种都是一个独立的实施例。在表2中,以索引指示的一个条目或多个条目的组合都可以被认为是一个PUCCH资源配置。本领域技术人员可以基于技术方案的需要和目的来灵活配置。It can be understood that each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 2 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all the elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the coexistence shown in Table 2. The value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 2. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 2 are each an independent embodiment. In Table 2, one entry or a combination of multiple entries indicated by the index can be regarded as one PUCCH resource configuration. Those skilled in the art can configure flexibly based on the needs and purposes of the technical solutions.

本申请中,在表2中,Index表示索引号;PUCCH format表示资源格式;First symbol表示 第一跳的起始符号;Number of symbols为符号数量字段,表示第一跳的符号数量、用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和。In this application, in Table 2, Index represents the index number; PUCCH format represents the resource format; First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop; Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the number of symbols of the first hop, used for extension The sum of the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols when the PUCCH is transmitted.

S702、根据第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,确定所述目标符号。S702. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols.

本申请中,可以根据第二符号数量以及时隙中的符号总数量,确定第一跳的符号数量以及目标符号的数量;目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+1;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的数量-1。In this application, the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of target symbols can be determined according to the number of second symbols and the total number of symbols in the time slot; the number of the start symbol in the target symbol can be the start symbol of the first hop Number + the number of symbols in the first hop + 1; the number of the last symbol in the target symbol can be the number of the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols in the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1.

本申请中,用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的数量。In this application, the starting symbol number of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH may be the starting symbol number of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols.

S703、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S703. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的PUCCH资源与非Redcap UE的PUCCH资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the PUCCH resources of the Redcap UE and the PUCCH resources of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过基于第二PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,其中,第二符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和;根据第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在延时发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method in this embodiment of the present application, the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols can be determined based on the second PUCCH resource table, where the second symbol number is the number of symbols of the first hop, the The sum of the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in a delay; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so that After the radio frequency re-tuning process, information is transmitted on the second hop where the PUCCH is sent after a delay, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第二PUCCH资源配置可以为以下表3中的PUCCH资源配置。第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The second PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 3 below. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图8所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 8 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:

S801、基于第三PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,其中,第三符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和。S801. Based on the third PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, where the third number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的PUCCH资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第三PUCCH资源表,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE queries the third PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop and the first hop. Three-symbol quantity. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,第三PUCCH资源表为经过改进的第一PUCCH资源表。第一PUCCH资源表,即Table9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration。In this application, the third PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table. The first PUCCH resource table, namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.

本申请中,第三PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表之间存在映射关系,第三PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表相比,将第一PUCCH资源表中第一跳的起始符号替换为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号,即可得到第三PUCCH资源表。In this application, there is a mapping relationship between the third PUCCH resource table and the first PUCCH resource table. Compared with the first PUCCH resource table, the third PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table. is the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance, and the third PUCCH resource table can be obtained.

作为一种示例,以目标符号的数量为2为例,第三PUCCH资源表可以如以下表3所示。As an example, taking the number of target symbols as 2 as an example, the third PUCCH resource table may be as shown in Table 3 below.

表3table 3

Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000003

可以理解的是,表3中的每一个元素、每一条对应关系,都是独立存在的;这些元素、对应关系被 示例性的列在同一张表格中,但是并不代表表格中的所有元素、对应关系必须根据表格3中所示的同时存在。其中每一个元素的值和每一对应关系,是不依赖于表3中任何其他元素值或对应关系。因此本领域内技术人员可以理解,该表3中的每一个元素的取值、每一条对应关系,各种都是一个独立的实施例。在表3中,以索引指示的一个条目或多个条目的组合都可以被认为是一个PUCCH资源配置。本领域技术人员可以基于技术方案的需要和目的来灵活配置。It can be understood that each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 3 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all the elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the coexistence shown in Table 3. The value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 3. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 3 are each an independent embodiment. In Table 3, one entry or a combination of multiple entries indicated by the index can be regarded as one PUCCH resource configuration. Those skilled in the art can configure flexibly based on the needs and purposes of the technical solutions.

本申请中,在表3中,Index表示索引号;PUCCH format表示资源格式;First symbol表示用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号;Number of symbols为符号数量字段,表示第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和。In this application, in Table 3, Index represents the index number; PUCCH format represents the resource format; First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance; Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the first hop The sum of the number of symbols and the number of symbols in the second hop.

S802、根据第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,确定目标符号。S802. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the first hop and the quantity of the third symbol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,可以根据第一跳的起始符号、第三符号数量以及时隙中的符号总数量,确定目标符号的数量。或者,根据第一跳的起始符号以及第一PUCCH资源表中第一跳的起始符号,确定目标符号的数量。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop, the number of third symbols, and the total number of symbols in the time slot. Alternatively, the number of target symbols is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2+目标符号的数量-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2+目标符号的数量。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols -1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2。As a possible implementation manner, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be is the total number of symbols in the slot - the third symbol number/2 - 1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.

如图9所示,为格式为0,用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号为#10的PUCCH资源的示意图。在图9中,用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的符号为#10,第二跳的符号为#13。其中,符号#11和符号#12为目标符号。As shown in FIG. 9 , it is a schematic diagram of a PUCCH resource whose format is 0 and the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance is #10. In FIG. 9 , the symbol of the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance is #10, and the symbol of the second hop is #13. Among them, symbol #11 and symbol #12 are target symbols.

S803、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S803. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第 一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过基于第三PUCCH资源表,确定用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,其中,第三符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning处理,以便在射频重调处理后在用于发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency readjustment method according to the embodiment of the present application, the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the third PUCCH resource table, where the number of third symbols is the first The sum of the number of symbols of the hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the third symbol, determine the target symbol, and perform the RF retuning process on the target symbol, so that the RF retuning process is performed on the target symbol. Then, the information is transmitted on the second hop used for sending the PUCCH to improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第二PUCCH资源配置,可以为以下表4中的PUCCH资源配置。第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The second PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in Table 4 below. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图10所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 10 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S1001、基于第四PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量,其中,第四符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和。S1001. Based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols, where the number of fourth symbols is the difference between the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols sum.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第四PUCCH资源表,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE can query the fourth PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance. The starting symbol of , and the number of fourth symbols. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,第四PUCCH资源表为经过改进的第一PUCCH资源表。第一PUCCH资源表,即Table9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration。In this application, the fourth PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table. The first PUCCH resource table, namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.

本申请中,第四PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表之间存在映射关系,第四PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表相比,将第一PUCCH资源表中第一跳的起始符号替换为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号,将第一PUCCH资源表第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和替换为第四符号数量,即可得到第四PUCCH资源表。In this application, there is a mapping relationship between the fourth PUCCH resource table and the first PUCCH resource table. Compared with the first PUCCH resource table, the fourth PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table. For the starting symbol of the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance, the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop of the first PUCCH resource table is replaced by the number of fourth symbols, and the fourth PUCCH resource can be obtained surface.

作为一种示例,以目标符号的数量为2为例,第四PUCCH资源表可以如以下表4所示。As an example, taking the number of target symbols as 2 as an example, the fourth PUCCH resource table may be as shown in Table 4 below.

表4Table 4

Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000004

Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021077525-appb-000005

可以理解的是,表4中的每一个元素、每一条对应关系,都是独立存在的;这些元素、对应关系被示例性的列在同一张表格中,但是并不代表表格中的所有元素、对应关系必须根据表格4中所示的同时存在。其中每一个元素的值和每一对应关系,是不依赖于表4中任何其他元素值或对应关系。因此本领域内技术人员可以理解,该表4中的每一个元素的取值、每一条对应关系,各种都是一个独立的实施例。在表4中,以索引指示的一个条目或多个条目的组合都可以被认为是一个PUCCH资源配置。本领域技术人员可以基于技术方案的需要和目的来灵活配置。It can be understood that each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 4 exist independently; these elements and corresponding relationships are exemplarily listed in the same table, but do not represent all elements in the table, Correspondence must exist according to the co-existence shown in Table 4. The value of each element and each corresponding relationship are independent of any other element value or corresponding relationship in Table 4. Therefore, those skilled in the art can understand that the value of each element and each corresponding relationship in Table 4 are each an independent embodiment. In Table 4, one entry or a combination of multiple entries indicated by the index can be regarded as one PUCCH resource configuration. Those skilled in the art can configure flexibly based on the needs and purposes of the technical solutions.

本申请中,在表4中,Index表示索引号;PUCCH format表示资源格式;First symbol表示用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号;Number of symbols为符号数量字段,表示第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和。In this application, in Table 4, Index represents the index number; PUCCH format represents the resource format; First symbol represents the start symbol of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance; Number of symbols is the number of symbols field, representing the first hop The sum of the number of symbols, the number of symbols in the second hop, and the number of destination symbols.

S1002、基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一符号数量,其中,第一符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和。S1002. Determine the number of first symbols based on the first PUCCH resource table, where the number of first symbols is the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop.

S1003、根据第一跳的起始符号、第四符号数量以及第一符号数量,确定目标符号。S1003. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the first hop, the number of the fourth symbol, and the number of the first symbol.

本申请中,作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一符号数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一符号数量/2+第四符号数量-第一符号数量。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一符号数量/2+第四符号数量-第一符号数量+1。In this application, as a possible implementation manner, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of first symbols/2; the end of the target symbol The symbol number may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of the first symbols/2 + the number of the fourth symbols - the number of the first symbols. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance+the number of the first symbols/2+the number of the fourth symbols-the number of the first symbols+1.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第一符号数量/2-目标符号的数量;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第一符号数量/2-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第一符号数量/2。As another possible implementation manner, the number of the start symbol in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of the first symbol/2 - the number of the target symbol; the number of the end symbol in the target symbol may be Total number of symbols in a slot - number of first symbols/2-1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the first symbol number/2.

S1004、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S1004. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在传输第 二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过基于第四PUCCH资源表,确定用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量,其中,第四符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和;基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一符号数量,其中,第一符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号、第四符号数量以及第一符号数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning处理,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method according to the embodiment of the present application, the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, where the number of fourth symbols is the first The sum of the number of hop symbols, the number of symbols of the second hop, and the number of target symbols; based on the first PUCCH resource table, determine the number of first symbols, where the number of first symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops The sum of the number of symbols in The information is transmitted on the symbol of the second hop after the re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图11所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 11 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S1101、确定指定的第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,其中,第三符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和。S1101. Determine the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols, where the number of third symbols is the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop.

本申请中,第三符号数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the manner of specifying the number of third symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

S1102、根据第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。S1102. Determine the target symbol according to the number of the third symbols and the number of the target symbols.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2-目标符号的数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2。In this application, the starting symbol number in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the third symbol number/2 - the number of target symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of symbols in the time slot The total number of symbols - the number of third symbols / 2 - 1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.

S1103、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S1103. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的PUCCH资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the PUCCH resources of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过确定指定的第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,其中,第三符号数量,为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method in this embodiment of the present application, the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols can be determined, where the number of third symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops used to send PUCCH in advance The sum of the number of symbols; according to the number of third symbols and the number of target symbols, determine the target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, improve Information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图12所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 12 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S1201、确定指定的第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量。S1201. Determine the number of start symbols and target symbols of the specified first hop.

本申请中,第一跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

S1202、根据第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。S1202. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the first hop and the quantity of the target symbol.

本申请中,可以根据时隙中的符号总数量与第一跳的起始符号,确定用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量与目标符号的数量的总和,根据总和以及目标符号的数量,确定第一跳的符号数量。In this application, according to the total number of symbols in the time slot and the start symbol of the first hop, the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined, Based on the sum and the number of target symbols, the number of symbols for the first hop is determined.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的数量-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的数量。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH; The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols.

S1203、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S1203. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过确定指定的用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量;根据第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method of the embodiment of the present application, the number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop designated for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined; according to the number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop, determine Target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图13所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 13, the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:

S1301、确定指定的第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量。S1301. Determine the number of start symbols and target symbols of the specified second hop.

本申请中,第二跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

S1302、根据第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。S1302. Determine the target symbol according to the start symbol of the second hop and the quantity of the target symbol.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第二跳的起始符号编号-1;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为第二跳的起始符号编号-目标符号的数量。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - 1; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - the number of target symbols.

S1303、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S1303. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调处理,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning processing on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过确定指定的第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量;根据第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method of this embodiment of the present application, the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the second hop can be determined; the target symbols can be determined according to the start symbols of the second hop and the number of RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的 PUCCH资源配置。As a possible implementation manner, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图14所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 14 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S1401、基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号。S1401. Determine the start symbol of the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的PUCCH资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到第一跳的起始符号。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Send the resources of the PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

S1402、确定指定的目标符号的数量。S1402. Determine the number of designated target symbols.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

S1403、根据第一跳的起始符号和目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。S1403. Determine the target symbol according to the number of the start symbol and the target symbol of the first hop.

本申请中,可以根据时隙中的符号总数量以及第一跳的起始符号,确定第一跳的符号数量。目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号+第一跳的符号数量-目标符号的数量;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号+第一跳的符号数量-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号可以为,第一跳的起始符号+第一跳的符号数量。In this application, the number of symbols in the first hop may be determined according to the total number of symbols in the time slot and the start symbol of the first hop. The starting symbol number in the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop - the number of target symbols; the ending symbol number of the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of the first hop Number of symbols in a hop -1. In addition, the start symbol of the second hop may be the start symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop.

S1404、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S1404. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,RedcapUE在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之外,则RedcapUE可以在目标符号上做射频重调,使得RedcapUE能够以第二跳的频率来传输信息;若第二跳的频率位于redcap UE的系统带宽之内,则RedcapUE可以直接在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息。In this application, before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop, if the frequency of the second hop is outside the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can perform radio frequency re-tuning on the target symbol, so that the Redcap UE can The frequency of the second hop is used to transmit information; if the frequency of the second hop is within the system bandwidth of the redcap UE, the Redcap UE can directly transmit the information on the symbol used to transmit the information in the second hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不 同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号;确定指定的目标符号的数量;根据第一跳的起始符号和目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method according to the embodiment of the present application, based on the first PUCCH resource table, the starting symbol of the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined; the number of the specified target symbols can be determined; The number of symbols and target symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,第一跳的符号和第二跳的符号可以位于不同的时隙上。如图15所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As a possible implementation, the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located on different time slots. As shown in FIG. 15 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed in this application includes the following steps:

S1501、根据指定的第一时隙上的第一跳,确定第二时隙上的第二跳;或者,根据指定的第二时隙上的第二跳,确定第一时隙上的第一跳。S1501. Determine the second hop on the second time slot according to the first hop on the specified first time slot; or, determine the first hop on the first time slot according to the second hop on the specified second time slot Jump.

本申请中,第一时隙上的第一跳的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,第二时隙上的第二跳的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of a number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

作为一种示例,根据指定的第一时隙上的第一跳,确定第二时隙上的第二跳。As an example, the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot.

在上述示例中,作为一种可能的实施方式,确定第二时隙上的第二跳的方式可以为,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号编号;将第二时隙上具有相同符号编号的符号,作为第二时隙上的第二跳的符号。In the above example, as a possible implementation manner, the method of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot; Numbered symbol as the symbol for the second hop on the second slot.

在上述示例中,作为另一种可能的实施方式,确定第二时隙上的第二跳的方式可以为,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号编号以及第六符号数量,其中,第六符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量以及第二跳的符号数量的总和的一半;根据第一时隙上的符号总数量以及第六符号数量的差值,确定第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号;根据第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号以及第六符号数量,确定第二时隙上第二跳的符号。In the above example, as another possible implementation manner, the manner of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the The number of six symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the first time slot and the number of symbols in the sixth The start symbol of the hop; the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols.

其中,第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为第一时隙上的符号总数量-第六符号数量-1。Wherein, the starting symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot may be the total number of symbols on the first time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.

作为另一种示例,根据指定的第二时隙上的第二跳,确定第一时隙上的第一跳。As another example, the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the second hop on the designated second time slot.

在上述示例中,作为一种可能的实施方式,确定第一时隙上的第一跳的方式可以为,确定第二时隙上第二跳的符号编号;将第一时隙上具有相同符号编号的符号,作为第一时隙上第一跳的符号。In the above example, as a possible implementation manner, the method of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot; Numbered symbol, as the symbol of the first hop on the first slot.

在上述示例中,作为另一种可能的实施方式,确定第一时隙上第一跳的方式可以为,确定第二时隙上第二跳的符号编号以及第六符号数量,其中,第六符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量以及第二跳的符号数量的总和的一半;根据第二时隙上的符号总数量以及第六符号数量的差值,确定第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号;根据第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号以及第六符号数量,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号。In the above example, as another possible implementation manner, the manner of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the sixth The number of symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, determine the first hop in the first time slot. The starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined; the symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols.

其中,第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号编号,可以为第二时隙上的符号总数量-第六符号数量-1。Wherein, the starting symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot may be the total number of symbols on the second time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.

S1502、确定第一时隙上第一跳与第二时隙上第二跳之间的间隔符号。S1502. Determine the interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot.

S1503、从间隔符号中选择目标符号。S1503. Select a target symbol from the interval symbols.

本申请中,目标符号可以为间隔符号中的不可用符号;或者,目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量,从而能够减少目标符号中的可用符号的数量,提高资源的利用率,提高信息传输效率。In this application, the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the resource utilization. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.

S1504、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S1504. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为另一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As another possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,第一时隙上除了第一跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息,第二时隙上除了传输第二跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息。As another possible implementation manner, the symbols other than the symbols of the first hop on the first time slot are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE, and the symbols of the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are transmitted , which is used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE.

本申请中,针对Redcap UE和第二个Redcap UE,两个Redcap UE的资源可以通过DCI for msg4来指示不同的索引号,实现不同资源的配置;或者,两个Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源可以通过group-sepecific方式指示,例如,Redcap UE使用一部分资源,第二个Redcap UE使用另一部分资源。In this application, for the Redcap UE and the second Redcap UE, the resources of the two Redcap UEs can indicate different index numbers through DCI for msg4 to realize the configuration of different resources; or, the resources of the two Redcap UEs used to send PUCCH Resources can be indicated in a group-sepecific manner, for example, a Redcap UE uses a part of the resource, and a second Redcap UE uses another part of the resource.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过根据指定的第一时隙上的第一跳,确定第二时隙上的第二跳;或者,根据指定的第二时隙上的第二跳,确定第一时隙上的第一跳;确定第一时隙上传的第一跳与第二时隙上的第二跳之间的间隔符号;从间隔符号中选择目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency readjustment method of this embodiment of the present application, the second hop on the second time slot can be determined according to the first hop on the specified first time slot; or, according to the second hop on the specified second time slot hop, determine the first hop on the first time slot; determine the interval symbol between the first hop uploaded in the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; select the target symbol from the interval symbols, RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,第一跳的符号和第二跳的符号可以位于不同的时隙上。如图16所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As a possible implementation, the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located on different time slots. As shown in FIG. 16 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:

S1601、根据指定的第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号、第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号以及第五符号数量,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号和第二时隙上第二跳的符号;其中,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量,或者第一跳的符号数量的2倍。S1601. Determine the symbol of the first hop on the first slot and the number of the second hop on the Symbols of the second hop on the time slot; wherein, the number of fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, or twice the number of symbols of the first hop.

本申请中,第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In the present application, the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.

本申请中,第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, and new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.

作为一种示例,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量,间隔符号中的起始符号的编号可以为,第一跳的起始符号编号+第五符号数量;间隔符号中的末尾符号的编号可以为,第二跳的起始符号编号-1。As an example, the number of the fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the start symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the start symbols of the first hop + the number of fifth symbols; the number of the last symbols in the interval symbols The number can be, the starting symbol number of the second hop -1.

作为另一种示例,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量的2倍,间隔符号中的起始符号的编号可以为,第一跳的起始符号编号+第五符号数量/2;间隔符号中的末尾符号的编号可以为,第二跳的起始符号编号-1。As another example, the number of fifth symbols is twice the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the starting symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the starting symbols of the first hop+the number of fifth symbols/2; the interval The number of the last symbol in the symbol can be, the number of the start symbol of the second hop -1.

S1602、确定第一时隙上的第一跳与第二时隙上的第二跳之间的间隔符号。S1602. Determine the interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot.

S1603、从间隔符号中选择目标符号。S1603. Select a target symbol from the interval symbols.

本申请中,目标符号可以为间隔符号中的不可用符号;或者,目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量,从而能够减少目标符号中的可用符号的数量,提高资源的利用率,提高信息传输效率。In this application, the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the resource utilization. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.

S1604、在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。S1604. Perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为另一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As another possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,第一时隙上除了第一跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息,第二时隙上除了第二跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息。As another possible implementation manner, the symbols on the first time slot other than the symbols of the first hop are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE, and the symbols on the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE. Symbol used to transmit information for the second Redcap UE.

本申请中,针对Redcap UE和第二个Redcap UE,两个Redcap UE的资源可以通过DCI for msg4来指示不同的索引号,实现不同资源的配置;或者,两个Redcap UE的资源可以通过group-sepecific方式指示,例如,Redcap UE使用一部分资源,第二个Redcap UE使用另一部分资源。In this application, for the Redcap UE and the second Redcap UE, the resources of the two Redcap UEs can use DCI for msg4 to indicate different index numbers to realize the configuration of different resources; alternatively, the resources of the two Redcap UEs can use the group- The sepecific way indicates, for example, that a Redcap UE uses a part of the resources and a second Redcap UE uses another part of the resources.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过根据指定的第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号、第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号以及第五符号数量,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号和第二时隙上第二跳的符号;其中,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量,或者第一跳的符号数量的2倍;确定第一时隙上的第一跳与第二时隙上的第二跳之间的间隔符号;从间隔符号中选择目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method of this embodiment of the present application, the first hop can be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols. The symbols of the first hop on the time slot and the symbols of the second hop on the second time slot; wherein, the number of fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, or twice the number of symbols of the first hop; determine the first time slot The space symbol between the first hop on and the second hop on the second slot; select the target symbol from the space symbols, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol so that after the RF The information is transmitted on the hopped symbols to improve the information transmission efficiency.

图17是根据本申请提出的一种射频重调方法的示意图。其中,需要说明的是,本申请的射频重调方法,可以由与能力受限终端RedcapUE对应的网络设备执行。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency re-tuning method according to the present application. It should be noted that the radio frequency re-tuning method of the present application may be executed by a network device corresponding to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.

如图17所示,本申请提出的射频重调方法,包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 17 , the radio frequency retuning method proposed by this application includes the following steps:

S1701、向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,资源指示信息指示RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制 信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前。S1701. Distribute resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information instructs RedcapUE to determine a target symbol for RF retuning, where the target symbol is located at the second position of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE before the symbol used to transmit the information in the hop.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的资源,进而根据为RedcapUE所配置的资源确定目标符号。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration, you can query the resources configured for RedcapUE, Further, the target symbol is determined according to the resources configured for the Redcap UE. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,目标符号例如可以为,第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号。目标符号又例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值;用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开原始文本提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In this application, the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop. For another example, the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; the interval symbol between the first hop used to transmit the PUCCH and the second hop used to transmit the PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when the original text of this disclosure was submitted.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,网络设备向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息之后,可以确定目标符号;在目标符号上停止接收Redcap UE传输的信息,或者,丢弃在目标符号上接收到的Redcap UE的信息。As another possible implementation manner, after the network device delivers the resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal Redcap UE, it can determine the target symbol; stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE on the target symbol, or discard the information received on the target symbol. Redcap UE information.

本申请中,网络设备停止接收Redcap UE传输的信息的方式可以为,在目标符号上关闭接收信息的射频组件。其中,该方式可以应用于两跳跨时隙,两跳之间间隔符号较多的情况。In this application, the method for the network device to stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE may be to turn off the radio frequency component that receives the information on the target symbol. Among them, this method can be applied to the case where two hops span time slots and there are many symbols spaced between the two hops.

本申请中,网络设备丢弃在目标符号上接收到的Redcap UE的信息的方式可以为,针对在目标符号上接收到的Redcap UE的信息,不进行信息解码处理。其中,该方式可以应用于两跳同时隙,两跳之间间隔符号较少的情况。In the present application, the manner in which the network device discards the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol may be that, for the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol, the information decoding process is not performed. Among them, this method can be applied to two hops at the same time slot, and the space between the two hops is less symbols.

在一种示例中,目标符号例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。在该示例中,网络设备还可以向RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,指定信息包括:目标符号的数量或者第二跳,用于指示RedcapUE根据指定信息确定目标符号。In an example, the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource According to the configuration, the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. In this example, the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the second hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.

在另一种示例中,目标符号又例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。在该示例中,网络设备还可以向RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,指定信息包括:目标符号的数量或者第一跳的起始符号,用于指示RedcapUE根据指定信息确定目标符号。In another example, the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second hop. Determined by the PUCCH resource configuration, the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. In this example, the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the start symbol of the first hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,可以指示非Redcap UE在目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号上传输信息;或者,为非Redcap UE配置用于发送PUCCH的资源,其中,非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源独立于Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源。As another possible implementation, the non-Redcap UE may be instructed to transmit information on some or all of the symbols in the target symbol; or, the non-Redcap UE is configured with resources for sending PUCCH, wherein the non-Redcap UE is used for The resources for transmitting the PUCCH are independent of the resources of the Redcap UE for transmitting the PUCCH.

在另一种示例中,目标符号,为从间隔符号中选择的符号,间隔符号为第一时隙上第一跳与第二时隙上第二跳之间的间隔符号。其中,目标符号为间隔符号中的不可用符号;或者,目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量。In another example, the target symbol is a symbol selected from space symbols, and the space symbol is the space symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot. Wherein, the target symbols are unavailable symbols in the interval symbols; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.

在该示例中,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对资源进行复用,即为第二个Redcap UE配置第一时隙上除了第一跳之外的符号以及第二时隙上除了第二跳之外的符号,用于指示第二个Redcap UE在配置的符号上传输信息。In this example, in order to improve resource utilization, resources can be multiplexed, that is, the second Redcap UE is configured with symbols other than the first hop on the first time slot and symbols on the second time slot except the second hop symbols other than , used to instruct the second Redcap UE to transmit information on the configured symbols.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,资源指示信息指示RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,以便RedcapUE在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning method of this embodiment of the present application, resource indication information can be delivered to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information instructs RedcapUE to determine a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, where the target symbol is located in the redcap UE The symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the UE is before the symbol used for transmitting information, so that the Redcap UE can transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

与上述几种实施例提供的射频重调方法相对应,本申请还提供一种射频重调装置,由于本申请实施例提供的射频重调装置与上述几种实施例提供的射频重调方法相对应,因此射频重调方法的实施方式也适用于本实施例提供的射频重调装置,在本实施例中不再详细描述。图18-图31是根据本申请提出的射频重调装置的结构示意图。Corresponding to the radio frequency readjustment methods provided by the above-mentioned embodiments, the present application also provides a radio frequency readjustment apparatus, because the radio frequency readjustment apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present application is similar to the radio frequency readjustment methods provided by the above-mentioned embodiments. Correspondingly, therefore, the implementation of the radio frequency readjustment method is also applicable to the radio frequency readjustment apparatus provided in this embodiment, which will not be described in detail in this embodiment. FIG. 18 to FIG. 31 are schematic structural diagrams of a radio frequency re-tuning apparatus according to the present application.

图18是本申请提供的射频重调装置的结构示意图。所述装置应用于能力受限终端RedcapUE。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by the present application. The apparatus is applied to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.

如图18所示,该射频重调装置1000,包括:确定模块100和处理模块200。其中,确定模块100,被配置为确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前;处理模块200,被配置为在所述目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning。As shown in FIG. 18 , the radio frequency readjustment apparatus 1000 includes: a determination module 100 and a processing module 200 . Wherein, the determining module 100 is configured to determine the target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE; the processing module 200, is configured to perform RF retuning on the target symbol.

本申请中,目标符号例如可以为,第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号。目标符号又例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值;或者,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开原始文本提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In this application, the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop. For another example, the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; or, the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when the original text of this disclosure was submitted.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1,其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK 信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH. Wherein, for the PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1, and the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,从而能够在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE. The symbol used for transmitting information Previously, RF retuning can be performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the radio frequency retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,如图19所示,图18中的所述确定模块100,包括:第一确定单元110和第一选择单元120;In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 19 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a first determination unit 110 and a first selection unit 120;

其中,第一确定单元110,被配置为基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及第二跳;第一选择单元120,被配置为选择第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号,作为目标符号。Wherein, the first determining unit 110 is configured to determine, based on the first PUCCH resource table, the first hop and the second hop for sending PUCCH; At least one symbol, and/or, at least one consecutive symbol in the starting part of the second hop, is used as the target symbol.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。本申请中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number. RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration. Resource for sending PUCCH. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. In this application, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,对于表1中格式为1的资源,考虑到在偶数符号位置存在解调参考信号DMRS的配置,为了降低对解调参考信号DMRS的影响,可以先选择未配置有解调参考信号的符号,即目标符号中,配置有解调参考信号的符号的数量,小于或者等于未配置有解调参考信号的符号的数量。In this application, for the resources with the format 1 in Table 1, considering that there is a configuration of the demodulation reference signal DMRS at the even-numbered symbol position, in order to reduce the impact on the demodulation reference signal DMRS, you can first select the demodulation reference signal that is not configured. , that is, in the target symbol, the number of symbols configured with demodulation reference signals is less than or equal to the number of symbols not configured with demodulation reference signals.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于发送PUCCH的 第一跳以及第二跳;选择第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号,作为目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the first hop and the second hop for sending PUCCH may be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop may be selected, and/or , the consecutive at least one symbol of the starting part of the second hop, as the target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit on the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop after the RF retuning process information and improve the efficiency of information transmission.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图20所示,图18中的确定模块100,包括:第二确定单元130;As shown in FIG. 20 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a second determination unit 130;

其中,第二确定单元130,被配置为基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳;确定指定的目标符号的数量;将第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号,作为目标符号。The second determining unit 130 is configured to determine the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; determine the number of specified target symbols; and use the number of symbols after the first hop as the target symbol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:第一PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the manner of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the first PUCCH resource table, specifying a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,在第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号,作为目标符号之后,可以将目标符号之后的第一个符号作为用于延迟发送PUCCH的第二跳的起始符号;结合用于延迟发送PUCCH的第二跳的起始符号,以及第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和,确定用于发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号。In this application, after the target symbol number of symbols after the first hop is used as the target symbol, the first symbol after the target symbol can be used as the start symbol of the second hop for delaying sending the PUCCH; The starting symbol of the second hop for transmitting the PUCCH, and the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop determine the symbol for the second hop for transmitting the PUCCH.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳;确定指定的目标符号的数量;将第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号,作为目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在延时发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the number of the specified target symbols can be determined; RF retuning is performed on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the second hop that delays sending the PUCCH after the radio frequency retuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图21所示,图18中的所述确定模块100,包括:第三确定单元140;As shown in FIG. 21 , the determining module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a third determining unit 140;

其中,第三确定单元140,被配置为基于第一PUCCH资源表中,确定第一跳;确定指定的第二跳;根据第一跳以及第二跳,确定目标符号。The third determining unit 140 is configured to determine the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; determine the designated second hop; and determine the target symbol according to the first hop and the second hop.

本申请中,第二跳的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 message broadcast by the network device It is specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

其中,新增PUCCH资源表,指的是对第一PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段进行重新定义,定义 为用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号编号之后得到的新增PUCCH资源表。Wherein, adding a new PUCCH resource table refers to redefining the number of symbols field in the first PUCCH resource table, which is defined as a newly added PUCCH resource table obtained after the symbol number of the second hop for delaying the transmission of PUCCH.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的符号中的末尾符号编号+1;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号中的起始符号编号-1。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the end symbol number + 1 in the symbol of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the symbol of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH The starting symbol number in -1.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳;确定指定的第二跳;根据第一跳以及第二跳,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,其中,以便在射频重调处理后在延时发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the first hop can be determined based on the first PUCCH resource table; the specified second hop can be determined; the target symbol can be determined according to the first hop and the second hop, and the execution of the execution on the target symbol can be performed. Radio frequency retuning RF retuning, in which, after the radio frequency retuning processing, information is transmitted on the second hop of the delayed PUCCH transmission, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is the interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图22所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第四确定单元150;As shown in FIG. 22 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a fourth determination unit 150;

其中,第四确定单元150,被配置为基于第二PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,其中,第二符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和;根据第一跳的起始符号以及所述第二符号数量,确定所述目标符号。Wherein, the fourth determining unit 150 is configured to determine, based on the second PUCCH resource table, the starting symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, where the second number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols and the number of target symbols; the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the second symbol.

本申请中,可以根据第二符号数量以及时隙中的符号总数量,确定第一跳的符号数量以及目标符号的数量;目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+1;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的数量-1。In this application, the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of target symbols can be determined according to the number of second symbols and the total number of symbols in the time slot; the number of the start symbol in the target symbol can be the start symbol of the first hop Number + the number of symbols in the first hop + 1; the number of the last symbol in the target symbol can be the number of the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols in the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1.

本申请中,用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的符号数量。In this application, the starting symbol number of the second hop used to delay sending the PUCCH may be the starting symbol number of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of symbols of the target symbol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过基于第二PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,其中,第二符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、用于延时发送PUCCH的第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和;根据第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在延时发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency readjustment apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the second symbols can be determined based on the second PUCCH resource table, where the second symbol number is the number of symbols of the first hop, the The sum of the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in a delay; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so that After the radio frequency re-tuning process, information is transmitted on the second hop where the PUCCH is sent after a delay, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号,为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之 间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In this embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource According to the configuration, the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图23所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第五确定单元160;As shown in FIG. 23 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a fifth determination unit 160;

其中,第五确定单元160,被配置为基于第三PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,其中,第三符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,确定目标符号。Wherein, the fifth determining unit 160 is configured to determine, based on the third PUCCH resource table, the starting symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, where the third number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols; the target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the third symbol.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的PUCCH资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第三PUCCH资源表,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE queries the third PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the start symbol of the first hop and the first hop. Three-symbol quantity. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,第三PUCCH资源表为经过改进的第一PUCCH资源表。第一PUCCH资源表,即Table9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration。In this application, the third PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table. The first PUCCH resource table, namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.

本申请中,第三PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表之间存在映射关系,第三PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表相比,将第一PUCCH资源表中第一跳的起始符号替换为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号,即可得到第三PUCCH资源表。In this application, there is a mapping relationship between the third PUCCH resource table and the first PUCCH resource table. Compared with the first PUCCH resource table, the third PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table. is the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance, and the third PUCCH resource table can be obtained.

作为一种可能的实施方式,可以根据第一跳的起始符号、第三符号数量以及时隙中的符号总数量,确定目标符号的数量。或者,根据第一跳的起始符号以及第一PUCCH资源表中第一跳的起始符号,确定目标符号的数量。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop, the number of third symbols, and the total number of symbols in the time slot. Alternatively, the number of target symbols is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2+目标符号的数量-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2+目标符号的数量。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols -1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2 + the number of target symbols.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第三符号数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2。As a possible implementation manner, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of third symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be is the total number of symbols in the slot - the third symbol number/2 - 1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过基于第三PUCCH资源表,确定用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,其中,第三符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF  retuning处理,以便在射频重调处理后在用于发送PUCCH的第二跳上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency remodulation apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the start symbol of the first hop and the third symbol quantity for sending the PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the third PUCCH resource table, where the third symbol quantity is the first The sum of the number of hop symbols and the number of symbols of the second hop; according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform the RF retuning process on the target symbol, so that the RF retuning process is performed on the target symbol. Then, the information is transmitted on the second hop used for sending the PUCCH to improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图24所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第六确定单元170;As shown in FIG. 24 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a sixth determination unit 170;

其中,第六确定单元170,被配置为基于第四PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量,其中,第四符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和;基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一符号数量,其中,第一符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据第一跳的起始符号、第四符号数量以及第一符号数量,确定目标符号。Wherein, the sixth determining unit 170 is configured to determine, based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, the starting symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols, where the fourth number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of the second hop The sum of the number of symbols and the number of target symbols; based on the first PUCCH resource table, determine the number of first symbols, where the number of first symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; The start symbol, the fourth symbol number, and the first symbol number of one hop determine the target symbol.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第四PUCCH资源表,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的用于发送PUCCH的资源,进而获取到用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and the RedcapUE can query the fourth PUCCH resource table according to the index number, so as to query the resources configured for the RedcapUE for sending PUCCH, and then obtain the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance. The starting symbol and the number of fourth symbols. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,第四PUCCH资源表为经过改进的第一PUCCH资源表。第一PUCCH资源表,即Table9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration。In this application, the fourth PUCCH resource table is an improved first PUCCH resource table. The first PUCCH resource table, namely Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration.

本申请中,第四PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表之间存在映射关系,第四PUCCH资源表与第一PUCCH资源表相比,将第一PUCCH资源表中第一跳的起始符号替换为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号,将第一PUCCH资源表第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和替换为第四符号数量,即可得到第四PUCCH资源表。In this application, there is a mapping relationship between the fourth PUCCH resource table and the first PUCCH resource table. Compared with the first PUCCH resource table, the fourth PUCCH resource table is replaced by the start symbol of the first hop in the first PUCCH resource table. For the starting symbol of the first hop for sending PUCCH in advance, the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop of the first PUCCH resource table is replaced by the number of fourth symbols, and the fourth PUCCH resource can be obtained surface.

本申请中,作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一符号数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一符号数量/2+第四符号数量-第一符号数量。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一符号数量/2+第四符号数量-第一符号数量+1。In this application, as a possible implementation manner, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send the PUCCH in advance + the number of first symbols/2; the end of the target symbol The symbol number may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of the first symbols/2 + the number of the fourth symbols - the number of the first symbols. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance+the number of the first symbols/2+the number of the fourth symbols-the number of the first symbols+1.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第一符号数量/2-目标符号的数量;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第一符号数量/2-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第一符号数量/2。As another possible implementation manner, the number of the start symbol in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of the first symbol/2 - the number of the target symbol; the number of the end symbol in the target symbol may be Total number of symbols in a slot - number of first symbols/2-1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the first symbol number/2.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过基于第四PUCCH资源表,确定用于提前发送PUCCH 的第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量,其中,第四符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量和目标符号的数量的总和;基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一符号数量,其中,第一符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号、第四符号数量以及第一符号数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning处理,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency readjustment apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, where the number of fourth symbols is the first The sum of the number of hop symbols, the number of symbols of the second hop, and the number of target symbols; based on the first PUCCH resource table, determine the number of first symbols, where the number of first symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops The sum of the number of symbols in The information is transmitted on the symbol of the second hop after the re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图25所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第七确定单元180;As shown in FIG. 25 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a seventh determination unit 180;

其中,第七确定单元180,被配置为确定指定的第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,其中,第三符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。Wherein, the seventh determining unit 180 is configured to determine the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols, wherein the number of third symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; The number of three symbols and the number of target symbols determine the target symbol.

本申请中,第三符号数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the manner of specifying the number of third symbols may include any one of the following manners: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2-目标符号的数量/2;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为时隙中的符号总数量-第三符号数量/2。In this application, the starting symbol number in the target symbol may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the third symbol number/2 - the number of target symbols/2; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of symbols in the time slot The total number of symbols - the number of third symbols / 2 - 1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the total number of symbols in the time slot - the number of third symbols/2.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过确定指定的第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,其中,第三符号数量,为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的符号数量和第二跳的符号数量的总和;根据第三符号数量以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency readjustment apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the specified number of third symbols and the number of target symbols can be determined by determining the number of third symbols, where the number of third symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of second hops used to send PUCCH in advance The sum of the number of symbols; according to the number of third symbols and the number of target symbols, determine the target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, improve Information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根 据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图26所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第八确定单元190;As shown in FIG. 26 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: an eighth determination unit 190;

其中,第八确定单元190,被配置为确定指定的第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量;根据第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。Wherein, the eighth determining unit 190 is configured to determine the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop; and determine the target symbols according to the start symbols of the first hop and the number of target symbols.

本申请中,第一跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

本申请中,可以根据时隙中的符号总数量与第一跳的起始符号,确定用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的符号数量、第二跳的符号数量与目标符号的数量的总和,根据总和以及目标符号的数量,确定第一跳的符号数量。In this application, according to the total number of symbols in the time slot and the start symbol of the first hop, the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop, the number of symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined, Based on the sum and the number of target symbols, the number of symbols for the first hop is determined.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的数量-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号编号+第一跳的符号数量+目标符号的数量。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the first hop used to send PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the number of the first hop used to advance the PUCCH; The starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols - 1. In addition, the starting symbol number of the second hop may be the starting symbol number of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance + the number of symbols of the first hop + the number of target symbols.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过确定指定的用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量;根据第一跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the number of start symbols and target symbols of the first hop designated for sending PUCCH in advance can be determined; according to the start symbols of the first hop and the number of target symbols, determine Target symbol, perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图27所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第九确定单元300;As shown in FIG. 27 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a ninth determination unit 300;

其中,第九确定单元300,被配置为确定指定的第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量;根据第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。Wherein, the ninth determination unit 300 is configured to determine the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the second hop; and determine the target symbols according to the start symbols of the second hop and the number of target symbols.

本申请中,第二跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, network equipment It is specified in the broadcast SIB1 message, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

本申请中,目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第二跳的起始符号编号-1;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为第二跳的起始符号编号-目标符号的数量。In this application, the start symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - 1; the end symbol number in the target symbol may be the start symbol number of the second hop - the number of target symbols.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过确定指定的第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量;根据第二跳的起始符号以及目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning apparatus of the embodiment of the present application, the specified number of start symbols and target symbols of the second hop can be determined; the target symbols can be determined according to the start symbols of the second hop and the number of RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,目标符号为用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the target symbol is an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second PUCCH resource configuration The value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. The first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

如图28所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第十确定单元310;As shown in FIG. 28 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a tenth determination unit 310;

其中,第十确定单元310,被配置为基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一跳的起始符号;确定指定的目标符号的数量;根据第一跳的起始符号和目标符号的数量,确定目标符号。The tenth determining unit 310 is configured to determine the start symbol of the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; determine the number of specified target symbols; and determine the number of the start symbols and target symbols of the first hop target symbol.

本申请中,目标符号的数量的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the way of specifying the number of target symbols may include any one of the following ways: specifying the number of symbols in the newly added PUCCH resource table, specifying the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, and SIB1 broadcast by the network device. It is specified in the message and specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device and specified in the protocol.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

本申请中,可以根据时隙中的符号总数量以及第一跳的起始符号,确定第一跳的符号数量。目标符号中的起始符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号+第一跳的符号数量-目标符号的数量;目标符号中的末尾符号编号,可以为第一跳的起始符号+第一跳的符号数量-1。另外,第二跳的起始符号可以为,第一跳的起始符号+第一跳的符号数量。In this application, the number of symbols in the first hop may be determined according to the total number of symbols in the time slot and the start symbol of the first hop. The starting symbol number in the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop - the number of target symbols; the ending symbol number of the target symbol can be the starting symbol of the first hop + the number of the first hop Number of symbols in a hop -1. In addition, the start symbol of the second hop may be the start symbol of the first hop + the number of symbols of the first hop.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As a possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending the PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are separately configured.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于提前发送PUCCH的第一跳的起始符号;确定指定的目标符号的数量;根据第一跳的起始符号和目标符号的数量,确定目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, based on the first PUCCH resource table, the start symbol of the first hop for sending the PUCCH in advance can be determined; the number of specified target symbols can be determined; according to the start symbol of the first hop The number of symbols and target symbols, determine the target symbol, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the RF retuning process, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

在本申请的实施例中,第一跳的符号和第二跳的符号可以位于不同的时隙上。如图29所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第十一确定单元320;In the embodiment of the present application, the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located in different time slots. As shown in FIG. 29 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: an eleventh determination unit 320;

其中,第十一确定单元320,被配置为根据指定的第一时隙上的第一跳,确定第二时隙上的第二跳;或者,根据指定的第二时隙上的第二跳,确定第一时隙上的第一跳;确定第一时隙上第一跳与第二时隙上第二跳之间的间隔符号;从间隔符号中选择目标符号。Wherein, the eleventh determining unit 320 is configured to determine the second hop on the second time slot according to the first hop on the designated first time slot; or, according to the second hop on the designated second time slot , determine the first hop on the first time slot; determine the interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; select the target symbol from the interval symbols.

本申请中,第一时隙上的第一跳的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of the newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

本申请中,第二时隙上的第二跳的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of a number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, designation of a newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table, It is specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol.

作为一种示例,根据指定的第一时隙上的第一跳,确定第二时隙上的第二跳。As an example, the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the first hop on the designated first time slot.

在上述示例中,作为一种可能的实施方式,确定第二时隙上的第二跳的方式可以为,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号编号;将第二时隙上具有相同符号编号的符号,作为第二时隙上的第二跳的符号。In the above example, as a possible implementation manner, the method of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot; Numbered symbol as the symbol for the second hop on the second slot.

在上述示例中,作为另一种可能的实施方式,确定第二时隙上的第二跳的方式可以为,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号编号以及第六符号数量,其中,第六符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量以及第二跳的符号数量的总和的一半;根据第一时隙上的符号总数量以及第六符号数量的差值,确定第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号;根据第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号以及第六符号数量,确定第二时隙上第二跳的符号。In the above example, as another possible implementation manner, the manner of determining the second hop on the second time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the The number of six symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the first time slot and the number of symbols in the sixth The start symbol of the hop; the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols.

其中,第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号编号,可以为第一时隙上的符号总数量-第六符号数量-1。Wherein, the starting symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot may be the total number of symbols on the first time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.

作为另一种示例,根据指定的第二时隙上的第二跳,确定第一时隙上的第一跳。As another example, the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the second hop on the designated second time slot.

在上述示例中,作为一种可能的实施方式,确定第一时隙上的第一跳的方式可以为,确定第二时隙上第二跳的符号编号;将第一时隙上具有相同符号编号的符号,作为第一时隙上第一跳的符号。In the above example, as a possible implementation manner, the method of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot; Numbered symbol, as the symbol of the first hop on the first slot.

在上述示例中,作为另一种可能的实施方式,确定第一时隙上第一跳的方式可以为,确定第二时隙上第二跳的符号编号以及第六符号数量,其中,第六符号数量,为第一跳的符号数量以及第二跳的符号数量的总和的一半;根据第二时隙上的符号总数量以及第六符号数量的差值,确定第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号;根据第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号以及第六符号数量,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号。In the above example, as another possible implementation manner, the manner of determining the first hop on the first time slot may be: determining the symbol number of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, where the sixth The number of symbols is half of the sum of the number of symbols in the first hop and the number of symbols in the second hop; according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the second time slot and the number of sixth symbols, determine the first hop in the first time slot. The starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined; the symbol of the first hop on the first time slot is determined according to the starting symbol of the first hop on the first time slot and the number of sixth symbols.

其中,第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号编号,可以为第二时隙上的符号总数量-第六符号数量-1。Wherein, the starting symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot may be the total number of symbols on the second time slot-the sixth symbol number-1.

本申请中,目标符号可以为间隔符号中的不可用符号;或者,目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量,从而能够减少目标符号中的可用符号的数量,提高PUCCH资源的利用率,提高信息的传输效率。In this application, the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the PUCCH resources. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号,用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve resource utilization, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为另一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。As another possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,第一时隙上除了第一跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息,第二时隙上除了传输第二跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息。As another possible implementation manner, the symbols other than the symbols of the first hop on the first time slot are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE, and the symbols of the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop are transmitted , which is used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过根据指定的第一时隙上的第一跳,确定第二时隙上的第二跳;或者,根据指定的第二时隙上的第二跳,确定第一时隙上的第一跳;确定第一时隙上传的第一跳与第二时隙上的第二跳之间的间隔符号;从间隔符号中选择目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency readjustment apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the second hop on the second time slot can be determined according to the first hop on the specified first time slot; or, according to the second hop on the specified second time slot hop, determine the first hop on the first time slot; determine the interval symbol between the first hop uploaded in the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; select the target symbol from the interval symbols, RF retuning is performed on the radio frequency retuning, so as to transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency retuning processing, and improve the information transmission efficiency.

作为一种可能的实施方式,第一跳的符号和第二跳的符号可以位于不同的时隙上。如图30所示,图18中的确定模块100包括:第十二确定单元330;As a possible implementation, the symbols of the first hop and the symbols of the second hop may be located on different time slots. As shown in FIG. 30 , the determination module 100 in FIG. 18 includes: a twelfth determination unit 330;

其中,第十二确定单元330,被配置为根据指定的第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号、第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号以及第五符号数量,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号和第二时隙上第二跳的符号;其中,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量,或者第一跳的符号数量的2倍;确定第一时隙上的第一跳与第二时隙上的第二跳之间的间隔符号;从间隔符号中选择目标符号。Wherein, the twelfth determination unit 330 is configured to determine the first time slot according to the specified start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols. The symbol of the first hop on the slot and the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot; wherein, the number of fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, or twice the number of symbols of the first hop; determine the number of symbols on the first time slot The space symbol between the first hop of and the second hop on the second slot; the target symbol is selected from the space symbols.

本申请中,第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In the present application, the designation method of the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.

本申请中,第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号的指定方式可以包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。In this application, the designation method of the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot may include any one of the following methods: designation of the number of symbols field in the newly added PUCCH resource table, and new addition in the first PUCCH resource table Field designation, designation in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, designation in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and protocol regulation.

作为一种示例,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量,间隔符号中的起始符号的编号可以为,第一跳的起始符号编号+第五符号数量;间隔符号中的末尾符号的编号可以为,第二跳的起始符号编号-1。As an example, the number of the fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the start symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the start symbols of the first hop + the number of fifth symbols; the number of the last symbols in the interval symbols The number can be, the starting symbol number of the second hop -1.

作为另一种示例,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量的2倍,间隔符号中的起始符号的编号可以为,第一跳的起始符号编号+第五符号数量/2;间隔符号中的末尾符号的编号可以为,第二跳的起始符号编号-1。As another example, the number of fifth symbols is twice the number of symbols of the first hop, and the number of the starting symbols in the interval symbols may be, the number of the starting symbols of the first hop+the number of fifth symbols/2; the interval The number of the last symbol in the symbol can be, the number of the start symbol of the second hop -1.

本申请中,目标符号可以为间隔符号中的不可用符号;或者,目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量,从而能够减少目标符号中的可用符号的数量,提高PUCCH资源的利用率,提高信息的传输效率。In this application, the target symbol may be an unavailable symbol in the interval symbol; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbol is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols, thereby reducing the number of available symbols in the target symbol and improving the PUCCH resources. utilization, and improve the efficiency of information transmission.

作为一种可能的实施方式,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对目标符号进行复用,例如,目标符号, 用于传输非Redcap UE的信息,其中,传输非Redcap UE的信息的符号为目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。As a possible implementation manner, in order to improve the utilization rate of resources, target symbols may be multiplexed, for example, target symbols are used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are target symbols some or all of the symbols in .

作为另一种可能的实施方式,Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。作为一种示例,在SIB1中设置两个索引号,分别与Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应,使得Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据对应的索引号去获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。As another possible implementation manner, the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently. As an example, two index numbers are set in SIB1, corresponding to the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE respectively, so that the Redcap UE can obtain resources for sending PUCCH according to the corresponding index number; number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取PUCCH资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取PUCCH资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain PUCCH resources; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number , to obtain PUCCH resources. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

作为另一种示例,在SIB1中可以设置一个索引号,Redcap UE根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源;非Redcap UE可以根据索引号去查询对应的第一PUCCH资源表,获取用于发送PUCCH的资源。也就是说,Redcap UE和非Redcap UE对应不同的第一PUCCH资源表。As another example, an index number can be set in SIB1, and the Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number to obtain resources for sending PUCCH; the non-Redcap UE can query the corresponding first PUCCH resource table according to the index number. A PUCCH resource table to obtain resources for sending PUCCH. That is to say, the Redcap UE and the non-Redcap UE correspond to different first PUCCH resource tables.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过根据指定的第一时隙上第一跳的起始符号、第二时隙上第二跳的起始符号以及第五符号数量,确定第一时隙上第一跳的符号和第二时隙上第二跳的符号;其中,第五符号数量为第一跳的符号数量,或者第一跳的符号数量的2倍;确定第一时隙上的第一跳与第二时隙上的第二跳之间的间隔符号;从间隔符号中选择目标符号,在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency re-tuning method of this embodiment of the present application, the first hop can be determined according to the start symbol of the first hop on the first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols. The symbols of the first hop on the time slot and the symbols of the second hop on the second time slot; wherein, the number of fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, or twice the number of symbols of the first hop; determine the first time slot The space symbol between the first hop on and the second hop on the second slot; select the target symbol from the space symbols, and perform RF retuning on the target symbol so that after the RF The information is transmitted on the hopped symbols to improve the information transmission efficiency.

图31是本申请提供的射频重调装置的结构示意图。所述装置应用于与能力受限终端RedcapUE对应的网络设备。FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frequency retuning apparatus provided by the present application. The apparatus is applied to a network device corresponding to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE.

如图31所示,该射频重调装置1000,包括:发送模块100,被配置为向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,资源指示信息指示RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前。As shown in FIG. 31 , the radio frequency retuning apparatus 1000 includes: a sending module 100 configured to deliver resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, wherein the resource indication information instructs the RedcapUE to determine the radio frequency retuning for RF retuning. The target symbol, where the target symbol is located before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE.

本申请中,用于发送PUCCH的资源为网络设备通过资源指示信息为RedcapUE所配置的资源。其中,资源指示信息例如可以包括索引号,RedcapUE根据索引号查询第一PUCCH资源表,即Table 9.2.1-1:PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration,即可查询到为RedcapUE所配置的资源,进而根据为RedcapUE所配置的资源确定目标符号。其中,对于PUCCH for msg4 feedback,资源指示信息例如可以为SIB1。其中,第一跳和第二跳,为用于发送PUCCH的不同的时频资源。其中,PUCCH for msg4 feedback中的信息例如可以为,对msg4的ACK信息。In this application, the resource used for sending the PUCCH is the resource configured by the network device for the Redcap UE through the resource indication information. The resource indication information may include, for example, an index number, and RedcapUE queries the first PUCCH resource table according to the index number, that is, Table 9.2.1-1: PUCCH resource sets before dedicated PUCCH resource configuration, you can query the resources configured for RedcapUE, Further, the target symbol is determined according to the resources configured for the Redcap UE. Wherein, for PUCCH for msg4 feedback, the resource indication information may be, for example, SIB1. Wherein, the first hop and the second hop are different time-frequency resources for sending PUCCH. Wherein, the information in the PUCCH for msg4 feedback may be, for example, the ACK information for msg4.

本申请中,目标符号例如可以为,第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号。目标符号又例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值;用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。其中,第一PUCCH资源配置可以为本公开提交时3GPP组织发布的通信 标准中所规定的用于PUCCH资源配置的表格中的PUCCH资源配置。In this application, the target symbol may be, for example, at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop. For another example, the target symbol may be an interval symbol between the first hop used for sending PUCCH and the second hop used for sending PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, The value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration; the interval symbol between the first hop used to transmit the PUCCH and the second hop used to transmit the PUCCH , where the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. Wherein, the first PUCCH resource configuration may be the PUCCH resource configuration in the table for PUCCH resource configuration specified in the communication standard issued by the 3GPP organization when this disclosure is submitted.

作为一种可能的实施方式,目标符号的数量可以由以下方式中的至少一种确定:根据PUCCH资源在频域上的子载波间隔确定、根据执行射频重调处理的能力受限终端Redcap UE的类型确定、协议规定、网络设备指示。As a possible implementation manner, the number of target symbols may be determined by at least one of the following manners: determined according to the subcarrier spacing of PUCCH resources in the frequency domain, according to Type determination, protocol specification, network device indication.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,网络设备向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息之后,可以确定目标符号;在目标符号上停止接收Redcap UE传输的信息,或者,丢弃在目标符号上接收到的Redcap UE的信息。As another possible implementation manner, after the network device delivers the resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal Redcap UE, it can determine the target symbol; stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE on the target symbol, or discard the information received on the target symbol. Redcap UE information.

本申请中,网络设备停止接收Redcap UE传输的信息的方式可以为,在目标符号上关闭接收信息的射频组件。其中,该方式可以应用于两跳跨时隙,两跳之间间隔符号较多的情况。In this application, the method for the network device to stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE may be to turn off the radio frequency component that receives the information on the target symbol. Among them, this method can be applied to the case where two hops span time slots and there are many symbols spaced between the two hops.

本申请中,网络设备丢弃在目标符号上接收到的Redcap UE的信息的方式可以为,针对在目标符号上接收到的Redcap UE的信息,不进行信息解码处理。其中,该方式可以应用于两跳同时隙,两跳之间间隔符号较少的情况。In the present application, the manner in which the network device discards the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol may be that, for the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol, the information decoding process is not performed. Among them, this method can be applied to two hops at the same time slot, and the space between the two hops is less symbols.

在一种示例中,目标符号例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第二跳的起始符号的值。在该示例中,网络设备还可以向RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,指定信息包括:目标符号的数量或者第二跳,用于指示RedcapUE根据指定信息确定目标符号。In an example, the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, where the start symbol of the second hop is based on the second PUCCH resource According to the configuration, the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. In this example, the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the second hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.

在另一种示例中,目标符号又例如可以为,用于发送PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,该起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的第一跳的起始符号的值。在该示例中,网络设备还可以向RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,指定信息包括:目标符号的数量或者第一跳的起始符号,用于指示RedcapUE根据指定信息确定目标符号。In another example, the target symbol may be, for example, an interval symbol between the first hop for transmitting PUCCH and the second hop for transmitting PUCCH, wherein the start symbol of the first hop is based on the second hop. Determined by the PUCCH resource configuration, the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. In this example, the network device may also deliver specified information to the RedcapUE, where the specified information includes: the number of target symbols or the start symbol of the first hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information.

作为另一种可能的实施方式,可以指示非Redcap UE在目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号上传输信息;或者,为非Redcap UE配置用于发送PUCCH的资源,其中,非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源独立于Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源。As another possible implementation, the non-Redcap UE may be instructed to transmit information on some or all of the symbols in the target symbol; or, the non-Redcap UE is configured with resources for sending PUCCH, wherein the non-Redcap UE is used for The resources for transmitting the PUCCH are independent of the resources of the Redcap UE for transmitting the PUCCH.

在另一种示例中,目标符号,为从间隔符号中选择的符号,间隔符号为第一时隙上第一跳与第二时隙上第二跳之间的间隔符号。其中,目标符号为间隔符号中的不可用符号;或者,目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量。In another example, the target symbol is a symbol selected from space symbols, and the space symbol is the space symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot. Wherein, the target symbols are unavailable symbols in the interval symbols; or, the number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols.

在该示例中,为了提高资源的利用率,可以对资源进行复用,即为第二个Redcap UE配置第一时隙上除了第一跳之外的符号以及第二时隙上除了第二跳之外的符号,用于指示第二个Redcap UE在配置的符号上传输信息。In this example, in order to improve resource utilization, resources can be multiplexed, that is, the second Redcap UE is configured with symbols other than the first hop on the first time slot and symbols on the second time slot except the second hop symbols other than , used to instruct the second Redcap UE to transmit information on the configured symbols.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调装置,可以通过向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,资源指示信息指示RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,目标符号位于redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,以便RedcapUE在射频重调处理后在第二跳的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application, the resource indication information can be delivered to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information instructs the RedcapUE to determine the target symbol used for the radio frequency retuning RF retuning, where the target symbol is located in the redcap UE The symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the UE is before the symbol used for transmitting information, so that the Redcap UE can transmit information on the symbol of the second hop after the radio frequency re-tuning process, so as to improve the information transmission efficiency.

根据本申请的实施例,本申请还提供了一种电子设备和一种可读存储介质。According to the embodiments of the present application, the present application further provides an electronic device and a readable storage medium.

如图32所示,是根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法的电子设备的框图。电子设备旨在表示各种形式的数字计算机,诸如,膝上型计算机、台式计算机、工作台、个人数字助理、服务器、刀片式服务器、大型计算机、和其它适合的计算机。电子设备还可以表示各种形式的移动装置,诸如,个人数字处理、蜂窝电话、智能电话、可穿戴设备和其它类似的计算装置。本文所示的部件、它们的连接和关系、以及它们的功能仅仅作为示例,并且不意在限制本文中描述的和/或者要求的本申请的实现。As shown in FIG. 32 , it is a block diagram of an electronic device of the radio frequency retuning method according to an embodiment of the present application. Electronic devices are intended to represent various forms of digital computers, such as laptops, desktops, workstations, personal digital assistants, servers, blade servers, mainframe computers, and other suitable computers. Electronic devices may also represent various forms of mobile devices, such as personal digital processors, cellular phones, smart phones, wearable devices, and other similar computing devices. The components shown herein, their connections and relationships, and their functions are by way of example only, and are not intended to limit implementations of the application described and/or claimed herein.

如图32所示,该电子设备包括:一个或多个处理器1100、存储器1200,以及用于连接各部件的接口,包括高速接口和低速接口。各个部件利用不同的总线互相连接,并且可以被安装在公共主板上或者根据需要以其它方式安装。处理器可以对在电子设备内执行的指令进行处理,包括存储在存储器中或者存储器上以在外部输入/输出装置(诸如,耦合至接口的显示设备)上显示GUI的图形信息的指令。在其它实施方式中,若需要,可以将多个处理器和/或多条总线与多个存储器和多个存储器一起使用。同样,可以连接多个电子设备,各个设备提供部分必要的操作(例如,作为服务器阵列、一组刀片式服务器、或者多处理器系统)。图32中以一个处理器1100为例。As shown in FIG. 32, the electronic device includes: one or more processors 1100, a memory 1200, and interfaces for connecting various components, including a high-speed interface and a low-speed interface. The various components are interconnected using different buses and may be mounted on a common motherboard or otherwise as desired. The processor may process instructions executed within the electronic device, including instructions stored in or on memory to display graphical information of the GUI on an external input/output device, such as a display device coupled to the interface. In other embodiments, multiple processors and/or multiple buses may be used with multiple memories and multiple memories, if desired. Likewise, multiple electronic devices may be connected, each providing some of the necessary operations (eg, as a server array, a group of blade servers, or a multiprocessor system). In FIG. 32, a processor 1100 is used as an example.

存储器1200即为本申请所提供的非瞬时计算机可读存储介质。其中,所述存储器存储有可由至少一个处理器执行的指令,以使所述至少一个处理器执行本申请所提供的射频重调方法。本申请的非瞬时计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令,该计算机指令用于使计算机执行本申请所提供的射频重调方法。The memory 1200 is the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium provided by the present application. Wherein, the memory stores instructions executable by at least one processor, so that the at least one processor executes the radio frequency retuning method provided by the present application. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of the present application stores computer instructions, and the computer instructions are used to cause the computer to execute the radio frequency retuning method provided by the present application.

存储器1200作为一种非瞬时计算机可读存储介质,可用于存储非瞬时软件程序、非瞬时计算机可执行程序以及模块,如本申请实施例中的射频重调方法对应的程序指令/模块(例如,附图18所示的确定模块100和处理模块200;又例如,附图31所示的发送模块100)。处理器1100通过运行存储在存储器1200中的非瞬时软件程序、指令以及模块,从而执行服务器的各种功能应用以及数据处理,即实现上述方法实施例中的射频重调方法。As a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, the memory 1200 can be used to store non-transitory software programs, non-transitory computer-executable programs and modules, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the radio frequency retuning method in the embodiments of the present application (for example, The determination module 100 and the processing module 200 shown in FIG. 18; another example, the sending module 100 shown in FIG. 31). The processor 1100 executes various functional applications and data processing of the server by running the non-transitory software programs, instructions and modules stored in the memory 1200, that is, to implement the radio frequency retuning method in the above method embodiments.

存储器1200可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需要的应用程序;存储数据区可存储根据定位电子设备的使用所创建的数据等。此外,存储器1200可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非瞬时存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非瞬时固态存储器件。可选地,存储器1200可选包括相对于处理器1100远程设置的存储器,这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至定位电子设备。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。The memory 1200 may include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required by at least one function; the storage data area may store data created according to the use of the positioning electronic device, and the like. Additionally, memory 1200 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-transitory memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-transitory solid-state storage device. Optionally, the memory 1200 may optionally include memory located remotely relative to the processor 1100, and these remote memories may be connected to the positioning electronic device through a network. Examples of such networks include, but are not limited to, the Internet, an intranet, a local area network, a mobile communication network, and combinations thereof.

用于射频重调方法的电子设备还可以包括:输入装置1300和输出装置1400。处理器1100、存储器1200、输入装置1300和输出装置1400可以通过总线或者其他方式连接,图32中以通过总线连接为例。The electronic device for the radio frequency retuning method may further include: an input device 1300 and an output device 1400 . The processor 1100, the memory 1200, the input device 1300, and the output device 1400 may be connected through a bus or in other ways, and FIG. 32 takes the connection through a bus as an example.

输入装置1300可接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与定位电子设备的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入,例如触摸屏、小键盘、鼠标、轨迹板、触摸板、指示杆、一个或者多个鼠标按钮、轨迹球、操纵杆等输入装置。输出装置1400可以包括显示设备、辅助照明装置(例如,LED)和触觉反馈装置(例如,振动电机)等。该显示设备可以包括但不限于,液晶显示器(LCD)、发光二极管(LED)显示器和等离子体显示器。在一些实施方式中,显示设备可以是触摸屏。The input device 1300 can receive input numerical or character information and generate key signal input related to user settings and functional control of the positioning electronic device, such as a touch screen, keypad, mouse, trackpad, touchpad, pointing stick, one or more Input devices such as mouse buttons, trackballs, joysticks, etc. The output device 1400 may include a display device, auxiliary lighting devices (eg, LEDs), haptic feedback devices (eg, vibration motors), and the like. The display device may include, but is not limited to, a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display, and a plasma display. In some implementations, the display device may be a touch screen.

此处描述的系统和技术的各种实施方式可以在数字电子电路系统、集成电路系统、专用ASIC(专用集成电路)、计算机硬件、固件、软件、和/或它们的组合中实现。这些各种实施方式可以包括:实施在一个或者多个计算机程序中,该一个或者多个计算机程序可在包括至少一个可编程处理器的可编程系 统上执行和/或解释,该可编程处理器可以是专用或者通用可编程处理器,可以从存储系统、至少一个输入装置、和至少一个输出装置接收数据和指令,并且将数据和指令传输至该存储系统、该至少一个输入装置、和该至少一个输出装置。Various implementations of the systems and techniques described herein can be implemented in digital electronic circuitry, integrated circuit systems, application specific ASICs (application specific integrated circuits), computer hardware, firmware, software, and/or combinations thereof. These various embodiments may include being implemented in one or more computer programs executable and/or interpretable on a programmable system including at least one programmable processor that The processor, which may be a special purpose or general-purpose programmable processor, may receive data and instructions from a storage system, at least one input device, and at least one output device, and transmit data and instructions to the storage system, the at least one input device, and the at least one output device an output device.

这些计算程序(也称作程序、软件、软件应用、或者代码)包括可编程处理器的机器指令,并且可以利用高级过程和/或面向对象的编程语言、和/或汇编/机器语言来实施这些计算程序。如本文使用的,术语“机器可读介质”和“计算机可读介质”指的是用于将机器指令和/或数据提供给可编程处理器的任何计算机程序产品、设备、和/或装置(例如,磁盘、光盘、存储器、可编程逻辑装置(PLD)),包括,接收作为机器可读信号的机器指令的机器可读介质。术语“机器可读信号”指的是用于将机器指令和/或数据提供给可编程处理器的任何信号。These computational programs (also referred to as programs, software, software applications, or codes) include machine instructions for programmable processors, and may be implemented using high-level procedural and/or object-oriented programming languages, and/or assembly/machine languages calculation program. As used herein, the terms "machine-readable medium" and "computer-readable medium" refer to any computer program product, apparatus, and/or apparatus for providing machine instructions and/or data to a programmable processor ( For example, magnetic disks, optical disks, memories, programmable logic devices (PLDs), including machine-readable media that receive machine instructions as machine-readable signals. The term "machine-readable signal" refers to any signal used to provide machine instructions and/or data to a programmable processor.

为了提供与用户的交互,可以在计算机上实施此处描述的系统和技术,该计算机具有:用于向用户显示信息的显示装置(例如,CRT(阴极射线管)或者LCD(液晶显示器)监视器);以及键盘和指向装置(例如,鼠标或者轨迹球),用户可以通过该键盘和该指向装置来将输入提供给计算机。其它种类的装置还可以用于提供与用户的交互;例如,提供给用户的反馈可以是任何形式的传感反馈(例如,视觉反馈、听觉反馈、或者触觉反馈);并且可以用任何形式(包括声输入、语音输入或者、触觉输入)来接收来自用户的输入。To provide interaction with a user, the systems and techniques described herein may be implemented on a computer having a display device (eg, a CRT (cathode ray tube) or LCD (liquid crystal display) monitor) for displaying information to the user ); and a keyboard and pointing device (eg, a mouse or trackball) through which a user can provide input to the computer. Other kinds of devices can also be used to provide interaction with the user; for example, the feedback provided to the user can be any form of sensory feedback (eg, visual feedback, auditory feedback, or tactile feedback); and can be in any form (including acoustic input, voice input, or tactile input) to receive input from the user.

可以将此处描述的系统和技术实施在包括后台部件的计算系统(例如,作为数据服务器)、或者包括中间件部件的计算系统(例如,应用服务器)、或者包括前端部件的计算系统(例如,具有图形用户界面或者网络浏览器的用户计算机,用户可以通过该图形用户界面或者该网络浏览器来与此处描述的系统和技术的实施方式交互)、或者包括这种后台部件、中间件部件、或者前端部件的任何组合的计算系统中。可以通过任何形式或者介质的数字数据通信(例如,通信网络)来将系统的部件相互连接。通信网络的示例包括:局域网(LAN)、广域网(WAN)和互联网。The systems and techniques described herein may be implemented on a computing system that includes back-end components (eg, as a data server), or a computing system that includes middleware components (eg, an application server), or a computing system that includes front-end components (eg, a user's computer having a graphical user interface or web browser through which a user may interact with implementations of the systems and techniques described herein), or including such backend components, middleware components, Or any combination of front-end components in a computing system. The components of the system may be interconnected by any form or medium of digital data communication (eg, a communication network). Examples of communication networks include: Local Area Networks (LANs), Wide Area Networks (WANs), and the Internet.

计算机系统可以包括客户端和服务器。客户端和服务器一般远离彼此并且通常通过通信网络进行交互。通过在相应的计算机上运行并且彼此具有客户端-服务器关系的计算机程序来产生客户端和服务器的关系。A computer system can include clients and servers. Clients and servers are generally remote from each other and usually interact through a communication network. The relationship of client and server arises by computer programs running on the respective computers and having a client-server relationship to each other.

根据本申请实施例的射频重调方法,可以通过确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前,从而能够在目标符号上执行射频重调RF retuning处理,以便在射频重调处理后在第二跳中用于传输信息的符号上传输信息,提高信息传输效率。According to the radio frequency retuning method according to the embodiment of the present application, a target symbol used for radio frequency retuning RF retuning can be determined, wherein the target symbol is located in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE and used for Before transmitting the symbol of the information, the RF retuning process can be performed on the target symbol, so that after the radio frequency retuning process, the information is transmitted on the symbol used for transmitting the information in the second hop, and the information transmission efficiency is improved.

应该理解,可以使用上面所示的各种形式的流程,重新排序、增加或删除步骤。例如,本发申请中记载的各步骤可以并行地执行也可以顺序地执行也可以不同的次序执行,只要能够实现本申请公开的技术方案所期望的结果,本文在此不进行限制。It should be understood that steps may be reordered, added or deleted using the various forms of flow shown above. For example, the steps described in the present application can be performed in parallel, sequentially or in different orders, and as long as the desired results of the technical solutions disclosed in the present application can be achieved, no limitation is imposed herein.

上述具体实施方式,并不构成对本申请保护范围的限制。本领域技术人员应该明白的是,根据设计要求和其他因素,可以进行各种修改、组合、子组合和替代。任何在本申请的精神和原则之内所作的修改、等同替换和改进等,均应包含在本申请保护范围之内。The above-mentioned specific embodiments do not constitute a limitation on the protection scope of the present application. It should be understood by those skilled in the art that various modifications, combinations, sub-combinations and substitutions may occur depending on design requirements and other factors. Any modifications, equivalent replacements and improvements made within the spirit and principles of this application shall be included within the protection scope of this application.

Claims (38)

一种射频重调方法,其特征在于,应用于能力受限终端RedcapUE,包括:A radio frequency retuning method, characterized in that, applied to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, comprising: 确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前;determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE; 在所述目标符号上执行所述射频重调RF retuning。The RF retuning is performed on the target symbols. 根据权利要求1所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 1, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning (RF retuning) comprises: 基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及第二跳;determining, based on the first PUCCH resource table, a first hop and a second hop for transmitting the PUCCH; 选择所述第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,所述第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号,作为所述目标符号。At least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or at least one consecutive symbol at the beginning of the second hop, is selected as the target symbol. 根据权利要求2所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号中,配置有解调参考信号的符号的数量,小于或者等于未配置有所述解调参考信号的符号的数量。The radio frequency remodulation method according to claim 2, wherein, in the target symbols, the number of symbols configured with demodulation reference signals is less than or equal to the number of symbols not configured with demodulation reference signals. 根据权利要求1所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号,为用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第二跳的起始符号的值。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 1, wherein the target symbol is an interval symbol between a first hop used for sending the PUCCH and a second hop used for sending the PUCCH, wherein , the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. 根据权利要求4所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 4, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳;determining the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; 确定指定的所述目标符号的数量;determining the specified number of said target symbols; 将所述第一跳之后的目标符号数量个符号,作为所述目标符号。The number of target symbols after the first jump is used as the target symbol. 根据权利要求4所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 4, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳;determining the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; 确定指定的所述第二跳;determining the specified second hop; 根据所述第一跳以及所述第二跳,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the first hop and the second hop. 根据权利要求4所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 4, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 基于第二PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号以及第二符号数量,其中,所述第二符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量、所述第二跳的符号数量和所述目标符号的数量的总和;Based on the second PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of second symbols, where the second number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop and the sum of the number of said target symbols; 根据所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述第二符号数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the second symbols. 根据权利要求1所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号,为用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第一跳的起始符号的值。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 1, wherein the target symbol is an interval symbol between a first hop used for sending the PUCCH and a second hop used for sending the PUCCH, wherein , the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. 根据权利要求8所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 8, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 基于第三PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号以及第三符号数量,其中,所述第三符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量和所述第二跳的符号数量的总和;Based on the third PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of third symbols, where the third number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop Sum; 根据所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述第三符号数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the third symbol quantity. 根据权利要求8所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 8, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 基于第四PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号以及第四符号数量,其中,所述第四符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量、所述第二跳的符号数量和所述目标符号的数量的总和;Based on the fourth PUCCH resource table, determine the start symbol of the first hop and the number of fourth symbols, where the fourth number of symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop and the sum of the number of said target symbols; 基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定第一符号数量,其中,所述第一符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量和所述第二跳的符号数量的总和;determining a first number of symbols based on the first PUCCH resource table, where the first number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; 根据所述第一跳的起始符号、所述第四符号数量以及所述第一符号数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop, the fourth symbol number, and the first symbol number. 根据权利要求8所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 8, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 确定指定的第三符号数量以及所述目标符号的数量,其中,所述第三符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量和所述第二跳的符号数量的总和;Determine the number of the specified third symbols and the number of the target symbols, wherein the third number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop; 根据所述第三符号数量以及所述目标符号的数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the third number of symbols and the number of the target symbols. 根据权利要求8所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 8, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 确定指定的所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量;Determine the specified start symbol of the first hop and the quantity of the target symbol; 根据所述第一跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of the target symbol. 根据权利要求8所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 8, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 确定指定的所述第二跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量;Determine the designated start symbol of the second hop and the quantity of the target symbol; 根据所述第二跳的起始符号以及所述目标符号的数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop and the number of the target symbol. 根据权利要求8所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 8, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning comprises: 基于第一PUCCH资源表,确定所述第一跳的起始符号;determining the start symbol of the first hop based on the first PUCCH resource table; 确定指定的所述目标符号的数量;determining the specified number of said target symbols; 根据所述第一跳的起始符号和所述目标符号的符号数量,确定所述目标符号。The target symbol is determined according to the start symbol of the first hop and the number of symbols of the target symbol. 根据权利要求5、6、11至14任一项所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,指定信息的指定方式包括以下方式中的任意一种:新增PUCCH资源表中的符号数量字段指定、所述第一PUCCH资源表中的新增字段指定、网络设备广播的SIB1消息中指定、网络设备发送的调度消息4msg4的下行控制消息DCI中指定、协议规定。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to any one of claims 5, 6, 11 to 14, wherein the designation method of the designation information includes any one of the following ways: adding a symbol quantity field in the PUCCH resource table to designate , The newly added field in the first PUCCH resource table is specified, specified in the SIB1 message broadcast by the network device, specified in the downlink control message DCI of the scheduling message 4msg4 sent by the network device, and specified in the protocol. 根据权利要求1所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号,用于传输非RedcapUE的信息,其中,传输非RedcapUE的信息的符号为所述目标符号中的部分符号或者全部符号。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 1, wherein the target symbol is used to transmit information of non-Redcap UEs, wherein the symbols for transmitting information of non-Redcap UEs are some or all symbols in the target symbols . 根据权利要求1所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源与非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源分别独立配置。The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 1, wherein the resources used for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE and the resources used for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE are configured independently. 根据权利要求1所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 1, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning (RF retuning) comprises: 根据指定的第一时隙上的所述第一跳,确定第二时隙上的所述第二跳;或者,根据指定的第二时隙上的所述第二跳,确定第一时隙上的所述第一跳;Determine the second hop on the second time slot according to the first hop on the designated first time slot; or determine the first time slot according to the second hop on the designated second time slot said first jump on; 确定所述第一时隙上的所述第一跳与所述第二时隙上的所述第二跳之间的间隔符号;determining an interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; 从所述间隔符号中选择所述目标符号。The target symbol is selected from the space symbols. 根据权利要求1所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 1, wherein the determining a target symbol for radio frequency retuning (RF retuning) comprises: 根据指定的第一时隙上所述第一跳的起始符号、第二时隙上所述第二跳的起始符号以及第五符号数量,确定第一时隙上的所述第一跳和第二时隙上的所述第二跳;其中,所述第五符号数量为所述第一跳的符号数量,或者所述第一跳的符号数量的2倍;Determine the first hop on the first time slot according to the start symbol of the first hop on the specified first time slot, the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot, and the number of fifth symbols and the second hop on the second time slot; wherein, the number of the fifth symbols is the number of symbols of the first hop, or 2 times the number of symbols of the first hop; 确定所述第一时隙上所述第一跳与所述第二时隙上所述第二跳之间的间隔符号;determining an interval symbol between the first hop on the first time slot and the second hop on the second time slot; 从所述间隔符号中选择所述目标符号。The target symbol is selected from the space symbols. 根据权利要求18所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述根据指定的第一时隙上的所述第一跳,确定第二时隙上的所述第二跳,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 18, wherein the determining the second hop on the second time slot according to the first hop on the designated first time slot comprises: 确定第一时隙上所述第一跳的符号编号;determining the symbol number of the first hop on the first time slot; 将第二时隙上具有所述符号编号的符号,作为第二时隙上所述第二跳的符号。The symbol with the symbol number on the second time slot is used as the symbol of the second hop on the second time slot. 根据权利要求18所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述根据指定的第一时隙上的所述第一跳,确定第二时隙上的所述第二跳,包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 18, wherein the determining the second hop on the second time slot according to the first hop on the designated first time slot comprises: 确定第一时隙上所述第一跳的符号编号以及第六符号数量,其中,所述第六符号数量,为所述第一跳的符号数量以及所述第二跳的符号数量的总和的一半;Determine the symbol number of the first hop and the number of sixth symbols on the first time slot, where the sixth number of symbols is the sum of the number of symbols of the first hop and the number of symbols of the second hop half; 根据第一时隙的符号总数量以及所述第六符号数量的差值,确定第二时隙上所述第二跳的起始符号;Determine the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot according to the difference between the total number of symbols in the first time slot and the number of the sixth symbols; 根据第二时隙上所述第二跳的起始符号以及所述第六符号数量,确定第二时隙上所述第二跳的符号。The symbol of the second hop on the second time slot is determined according to the start symbol of the second hop on the second time slot and the number of the sixth symbol. 根据权利要求18或19所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号为所述间隔符号中的不可用符号;The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the target symbol is an unavailable symbol in the interval symbols; 或者,or, 所述目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量。The number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols. 根据权利要求18或19所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述第一时隙上除了所述第一跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输第二个Redcap UE的信息,所述第二时隙上除了所述第二跳的符号之外的符号,用于传输所述第二个Redcap UE的信息。The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the symbols on the first time slot other than the symbols of the first hop are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE, so The symbols other than the symbols of the second hop on the second time slot are used to transmit the information of the second Redcap UE. 一种射频重调方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,包括:A radio frequency retuning method, characterized in that, applied to network equipment, comprising: 向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,所述资源指示信息指示所述RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信 道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前。Distribute resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, where the resource indication information instructs the RedcapUE to determine a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning, where the target symbol is located in the physical uplink sent by the redcap UE Before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the control channel PUCCH. 根据权利要求24所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号为,所述第一跳的尾部的连续的至少一个符号,和/或,所述第二跳的起始部分的连续的至少一个符号。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 24, wherein the target symbol is at least one consecutive symbol at the tail of the first hop, and/or the symbol at the beginning of the second hop Consecutive at least one symbol. 根据权利要求24所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号为,用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第二跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值大于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第二跳的起始符号的值。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 24, wherein the target symbol is an interval symbol between a first hop for transmitting the PUCCH and a second hop for transmitting the PUCCH, wherein , the start symbol of the second hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is greater than the value of the start symbol of the second hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. 根据权利要求26所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,还包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 26, further comprising: 向所述RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,所述指定信息包括:所述目标符号的符号数量或者所述第二跳,用于指示所述RedcapUE根据所述指定信息确定所述目标符号。Deliver specified information to the Redcap UE, where the specified information includes: the number of symbols of the target symbol or the second hop, which is used to instruct the Redcap UE to determine the target symbol according to the specified information. 根据权利要求24所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号为,用于发送所述PUCCH的第一跳以及用于发送所述PUCCH的第二跳之间的间隔符号,其中,所述第一跳的起始符号是基于第二PUCCH资源配置来确定的,所述起始符号的值小于根据第一PUCCH资源配置来确定的所述第一跳的起始符号的值。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 24, wherein the target symbol is an interval symbol between a first hop for transmitting the PUCCH and a second hop for transmitting the PUCCH, wherein , the start symbol of the first hop is determined based on the second PUCCH resource configuration, and the value of the start symbol is smaller than the value of the start symbol of the first hop determined according to the first PUCCH resource configuration. 根据权利要求28所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,还包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 28, further comprising: 向所述RedcapUE下发指定信息,其中,所述指定信息包括:所述目标符号的符号数量或者所述第一跳的起始符号,用于指示所述RedcapUE根据所述指定信息确定所述目标符号。Distributing designation information to the RedcapUE, where the designation information includes: the number of symbols of the target symbol or the start symbol of the first hop, which is used to instruct the RedcapUE to determine the target according to the designation information symbol. 根据权利要求24所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,还包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 24, further comprising: 为非Redcap UE配置用于发送PUCCH的资源,其中,所述非Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源独立于所述Redcap UE的用于发送PUCCH的资源。A resource for sending PUCCH is configured for a non-Redcap UE, wherein the resource for sending PUCCH of the non-Redcap UE is independent of the resource for sending PUCCH of the Redcap UE. 根据权利要求24所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号,为从间隔符号中选择的符号,所述间隔符号为第一时隙上的所述第一跳与第二时隙上的所述第二跳之间的间隔符号。The radio frequency re-tuning method according to claim 24, wherein the target symbol is a symbol selected from interval symbols, and the interval symbol is the first hop and the second time on the first time slot. Space symbols between the second hops on the slot. 根据权利要求31所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,所述目标符号为所述间隔符号中的不可用符号;The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 31, wherein the target symbol is an unavailable symbol in the interval symbols; 或者,or, 所述目标符号中不可用的符号数量大于或者等于可用符号的符号数量。The number of unavailable symbols in the target symbols is greater than or equal to the number of available symbols. 根据权利要求31所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,还包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 31, further comprising: 为第二个Redcap UE配置所述第一时隙上除了所述第一跳的符号之外的符号以及所述第二时隙上除了所述第二跳的符号之外的符号,用于指示所述第二个Redcap UE在配置的符号上传输信息。Configure the second Redcap UE with symbols on the first time slot except the symbols of the first hop and symbols on the second time slot except the symbols of the second hop, for indicating The second Redcap UE transmits information on the configured symbols. 根据权利要求24所述的射频重调方法,其特征在于,还包括:The radio frequency retuning method according to claim 24, further comprising: 确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号;Determine the target symbols for RF retuning; 在所述目标符号上停止接收所述Redcap UE传输的信息,或者,丢弃在所述目标符号上接收到的所述Redcap UE的信息。Stop receiving the information transmitted by the Redcap UE on the target symbol, or discard the information of the Redcap UE received on the target symbol. 一种射频重调装置,其特征在于,应用于能力受限终端RedcapUE,包括:A radio frequency retuning device, characterized in that it is applied to a capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, comprising: 确定模块,被配置为确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号;其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前;A determining module, configured to determine a target symbol for radio frequency retuning RF retuning; wherein, the target symbol is located before the symbol used for transmitting information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the redcap UE; 处理模块,被配置为在所述目标符号上执行所述射频重调RF retuning。A processing module configured to perform the RF retuning on the target symbols. 一种射频重调装置,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,包括:A radio frequency readjustment device, characterized in that, applied to network equipment, comprising: 发送模块,被配置为向能力受限终端RedcapUE下发资源指示信息,其中,所述资源指示信息指示所述RedcapUE确定用于射频重调RF retuning的目标符号,其中,所述目标符号位于所述redcap UE发送的物理上行控制信道PUCCH的第二跳中用于传输信息的符号之前。A sending module, configured to deliver resource indication information to the capability-limited terminal RedcapUE, wherein the resource indication information instructs the RedcapUE to determine a target symbol for RF retuning, wherein the target symbol is located in the redcap Before the symbol used to transmit information in the second hop of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH sent by the UE. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, comprising: 至少一个处理器;以及at least one processor; and 与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器;其中,a memory communicatively coupled to the at least one processor; wherein, 所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述指令被所述至少一个处理器执行,以使所述至少一个处理器能够执行权利要求1-34中任一项所述的射频重调方法。The memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, the instructions being executed by the at least one processor to enable the at least one processor to perform the execution of any of claims 1-34 RF retuning method. 一种存储有计算机指令的非瞬时计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机指令用于使所述计算机执行权利要求1-34中任一项所述的射频重调方法。A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing computer instructions, wherein the computer instructions are used to cause the computer to execute the radio frequency retuning method according to any one of claims 1-34.
PCT/CN2021/077525 2021-02-23 2021-02-23 Radio-frequency retuning method and apparatus Ceased WO2022178689A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/077525 WO2022178689A1 (en) 2021-02-23 2021-02-23 Radio-frequency retuning method and apparatus
CN202180000447.7A CN113039854B (en) 2021-02-23 2021-02-23 Radio frequency retuning method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/077525 WO2022178689A1 (en) 2021-02-23 2021-02-23 Radio-frequency retuning method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022178689A1 true WO2022178689A1 (en) 2022-09-01

Family

ID=76455943

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/077525 Ceased WO2022178689A1 (en) 2021-02-23 2021-02-23 Radio-frequency retuning method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113039854B (en)
WO (1) WO2022178689A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115884221A (en) * 2021-11-05 2023-03-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Resource determination method, device, equipment, medium and product

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106797305A (en) * 2015-05-08 2017-05-31 Lg电子株式会社 Method and its equipment for receiving or sending uplink signal in a wireless communication system
CN107409391A (en) * 2015-03-31 2017-11-28 日本电气株式会社 Method and apparatus for the data transfer in wireless communication system
CN109392141A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method, apparatus and system of adjustment frequency domain resource and transmission instruction information
US20200029392A1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2020-01-23 Intel IP Corporation ANCHOR CHANNEL DESIGN FOR UNLICENSED INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT)

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108631976B (en) * 2017-03-23 2021-07-16 华为技术有限公司 A communication method and device
CN110035550B (en) * 2018-01-12 2021-08-13 华为技术有限公司 Uplink control information transmission method and communication device
JP7390111B2 (en) * 2019-04-25 2023-12-01 シャープ株式会社 Base station device, terminal device, and communication method
WO2020261713A1 (en) * 2019-06-26 2020-12-30 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha MAPPING METHODS FOR URLLC HARQ-ACK MULTIPLEXING ON eMBB PUSCH

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107409391A (en) * 2015-03-31 2017-11-28 日本电气株式会社 Method and apparatus for the data transfer in wireless communication system
CN106797305A (en) * 2015-05-08 2017-05-31 Lg电子株式会社 Method and its equipment for receiving or sending uplink signal in a wireless communication system
US20200029392A1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2020-01-23 Intel IP Corporation ANCHOR CHANNEL DESIGN FOR UNLICENSED INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT)
CN109392141A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method, apparatus and system of adjustment frequency domain resource and transmission instruction information

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "UE complexity reduction for RedCap", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2100034, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210125 - 20210205, 19 January 2021 (2021-01-19), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051970752 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113039854B (en) 2023-01-03
CN113039854A (en) 2021-06-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111918273B (en) Network slice selection method and device
CN114902594B (en) A transmission method and device
CN115211225B (en) A method and device for determining satellite link information
CN112806090B (en) Random access method, device and electronic equipment
WO2016161977A1 (en) Pucch resource allocation method in carrier aggregation and equipments thereof
JP7106639B2 (en) Uplink data packet resource allocation method and user terminal
WO2019096030A1 (en) Frequency hopping processing method and device
JP2020534760A (en) RBG division method and user terminal
WO2023138633A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and network-side device and terminal
WO2021088917A1 (en) Position determination method and device for reference signal, communication node, and storage medium
JP7701438B2 (en) PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD, RECEPTION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Patent application
JP7086853B2 (en) Network access methods, related equipment and systems
CN118574167A (en) Method and apparatus for determining resources and storage medium
CN113039854B (en) Radio frequency retuning method and device
US9860171B2 (en) Large scale message routing in a distributed network
CN110351845B (en) Frequency domain resource allocation method, network side equipment and terminal
US11539496B2 (en) Resource configuration method and device, and computer storage medium
CN110972293A (en) A signal transmission method, device, terminal and storage medium
WO2022147657A1 (en) Method for switching antenna switching configuration and device
JP2020520146A (en) Message decoding method, sending terminal device and receiving terminal device
WO2021068207A1 (en) Apparatus, method and computer program
CN113423142B (en) Wireless signal transmission method and device
CN113243134B (en) Radio frequency retuning method and device
CN115707143B (en) Random access resource isolation method, equipment and medium for access network slice
CN102244657A (en) Multipoint control unit cascade conference registration method and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21927134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21927134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1